#But instead of the rumbling he actually runs away with Marco and they live together until Jean needs to die of the titan curse
Explore tagged Tumblr posts
Text
Time-loop AU, but instead of being forced to redo a moment in life until the problem is fixed Jean gets thrown from universe to universe with the mission to save Marco.
Just that he always fails. No matter what he does, who he trusts, when he acts- he keeps failing. Marco always dies and Jean always finds the body first.
And Jean is tired. So many things happen at once, roles reverses and scenarios changed- he can't think straight. Dying means redoing the same scenario. Marco dying means doing another scenario. He doesn't know how to stop it. Doesn't know how to save Marco without dying in the process.
It is hell
#Had this little gem sitting in my draft for awhile now#I guess is time to finally post it ups#aot#jean kirstein#jeanmarco#aot jean#marco bodt#marco bott#snk#aot marco#jean kirschstein#I think the only way Jean could truly save them both is if he gets the Founding and Attack Titan and pulls an Eren on everyone#But instead of the rumbling he actually runs away with Marco and they live together until Jean needs to die of the titan curse#Then the whole thing restarts because Jean didn't die of natural causes aka is Time loop once again baby#But at least Jean can do the same thing over and over again#This is the happiest ending I can come with guys I'm sorry
20 notes
·
View notes
Text
Civilian girlfriend
MASTERLIST
Jean Kirstein – you visit him during his training days and after
—————
You grew up next to Jean’s house in Trost District. Since your mother was a baker, you would always eat leftovers and sometimes, your mother would call Jean’s family to join you for dinner. Jean was a shy and nice kid – you instantly connected with each other.
One stormy night, Jean took his pillow and run to your house. He opened your door and whisper your name multiple times before you woke up.
“What’s wrong?” you asked Jean worried. “What are you doing here so late?”
“I– I thought you would be scared… of the thunder so I came to protect you!”
“Oh.” you paused. “But I’m not.”
“Oh.” Jean trembled.
“Are you scared?” you asked cautiously.
“No! I’ll go, sorry.” Jean turned around but you caught his hand before he could move.
“You can stay with me if you’re scared, it’s ok.” You reassured him with a shy smile.
You both went to bed – it was a small bed, but you were both kids, so it was not a problem. In the morning, Jean’s mother was worried sick, but your mother quickly reassured her that her son was with you, both sleeping. From then on Jean would always come to you during thunderstorm. As he grew older, he stopped being afraid of it, but still came to you. Jean started to like you more than just as a friend very early on, but he was too shy to do anything about it.
When he told you that he was joining the training corps, you were devastated.
“We won’t be able to see other anymore…” you teared up.
“Y/N, of course we will. You’ll see, when I finally become a MP, I’ll bring you with me in Wall Sina and then we could–” Jean stopped abruptly.
“We could what?”
Jean stared at you hesitantly and then gave you a quick kiss on the lips. When he backed up, he looked terrified and he was all red. Your cheeks were hot too – it was your first kiss.
“Then we could get married maybe and live together.” Jean mumbled. “Because I like you… a lot.”
“You do?” you asked happily.
“Yes. What about you?”
“I like you too.”
“Good.”
Jean and you just smiled at each other, holding hands.
“In three years, we’ll be together again and from then on, it will be forever.”
Jean kissed you one last time before leaving. Jean and you sent each other letters from time to time, but he was busy. You were receiving fewer and fewer letters from him but then suddenly, in his letter, he told you about a visiting day and asked you to come. You took a day off – you were working with your mother – and your mother said yes. The morning before leaving, you baked a lot of pastries and breads for Jean. You dressed up nicely and went out. The training corps headquarters had their doors opened and lots of families were already there. You had your basket of food in your hand and walked in. You quickly found Jean at the entrance and walked up to him smiling.
“H-” but before you could greet him and his friends, Jean gave you a tight hug.
“I missed you so much.” Jean whispered.
“Is that food?” a girl asked excited.
“Stop Sasha! You don’t even know her!” Another boy said.
“This is Sasha and Connie.” Jean told you. “And this is Marco.”
“Hello.” you said awkwardly, no knowing what else to say.
“Are you horse face’s girlfriend?” asked a boy with two other people.
“What, you’re jealous?” Jean shouted back.
“No, just wondering who could veer be stupid enough to date you!” Eren, screamed back.
“You take that back you deep sh!t.” Jean shouted at him which surprised you. When Jean saw your expression, he quickly took you to another place, not wanting any other problems with Eren while you were here.
“What are these?” Jean pointed at the basket.
“Food I made for you.”
You ate together in his dorm – no one was there, everyone was with their families and friends anyway. You ate and caught up with what happened the last few months.
“How is it going? The training I mean.”
“It’s good – I’m good. I can definitely get in the top ten.”
“That’s great!” you cheered up.
“Yeah.” Jean said staring at you for a long minute before kissing you.
The kiss was awkward and cute. Neither of you knew where to put your hands but it was still a good kiss.
A good kiss that was interrupted by Marco entering the room.
“Oh no! I’m sorry!” Marco shouted embarrassed.
Jean and you stoop up quickly and you were both embarrassed too. Your cheeks were hot, and you looked at everywhere except at Marco or Jean.
“I’m so sorry!” Marco apologised again. “I– I didn’t know!”
“It’s fine. We– let’s just join the others!” you said.
You took your basket full of food and ate with Jean, Marco, Connie, and Sasha. You all laughed together, and they told you embarrassing stories about Jean and you told them about baby Jean. A few hours later, Marco wanted to present Jean to his parents – he wanted to reassure them that their boy was not alone. When Jean left, two other boys arrived at your table – Reiner and Bertolt.
“You must be Jean’s girlfriend, right?” Reiner asked you.
“Mh… I guess I am yeah.” you answered joyfully.
“It’s weird.” Reiner continued.
“What is?”
“I always thought he was into Mikasa. Always complimenting her or something.”
“Wha – who?” you asked him confused.
“Reiner!” Bertolt yelled.
“Who’s Mikasa?” you asked but none of them answered. When Jean came back with Marco you asked him who she was.
“Why?” Jean asked.
“Just tell me.”
“It’s her.” Marco said pointing at the girl you saw earlier. “Why?” he asked you when he saw you were clenching your jaw. She is pretty.
“Y/N, are you okay?” Jean asked worried, resting his hand on your shoulder.
“Yeah… it’s late, I think it’s time for me to go home.” you stood up.
“Y/N what’s wrong?” Jean hesitated, “You don’t have to go until tonight and it’s not even–”
You were already walking away rapidly. Jean looked at his friends confused, waiting for someone to explain to him what just happened.
“Reiner told him you were into Mikasa.” Sasha explained.
“What!” Jean yelled at Reiner. “What is wrong with you, you sick son of a b–!” he screamed taking Reiner by the collar.
Marco and Bertolt had to restraint Jean – no one ever saw Jean that mad.
“Jean, stop!” Marco tried to calm his friend down. “Go after Y/N instead of wasting your time here.”
Jean run after you as quick as he could, and luckily for him, you were just at the entrance.
“Y/N!” Jean screamed catching up to you. “It’s not what you think! I do not like Mikasa. Plus, why would you believe a stranger?”
“Because it made sense to me.” you stammered. “You stopped writing to me as much as you used to and maybe that was because you didn’t want to talk to me anymore… because there was someone else.”
“Hey don’t cry.” Jean said holding your face in his hands. “There’s only you. You are the only one I want to talk to; you are the only one I want to see, and you are the only want I want to wake up to in the future. I know we’re still young, but I like you a lot.”
“I like you too.” you sobbed. “I’m sorry, I should’ve let you talk first.”
Jean hugged you close for a very long time. Once Jean graduated you were to celebrate with him, unfortunately it was not a happy one – Marco, Jean’s closest friend, died.
“I decided to join the survey corps.” Jean told you that night.
“Oh… okay. Isn’t that dangerous?”
“It is, but that’s what I want.”
“I just… I don’t want to lose you when you’re out there.” you said resting your head on his shoulder.
“You won’t. I promise.”
Once the cadets were settled in the survey corps, the commander organised a visiting day for them and the other members. You and Jean’s mother went together to visit him. Jean was with his group of friends. You went over where they were with Jean’s mother and she greeted them.
“Hey,” Reiner said to you, “I’m sorry about last time we saw each other, I didn’t mean to.”
“It’s fine, it’s all good now.” you affirmed looking at Jean. “Jeanie and I are good.”
“Jeanie huh.” Connie teased him, “I’m going to call him that from now on.” he laughed.
The whole day was spent talking to each other, getting to know all his friends. You also met Armin, Eren and Mikasa – they were all very nice. At night, Jean excused himself and took you with him.
“Where are we going?” you asked him.
“Trust me.”
Jean brought you outside and met with a Garrison soldier and exchange a few words with him before putting on his gear. He reached out his hand for you to take it, but you waited for an explanation.
“I trust you a lot Jean Kirstein but what did you plan?”
“Just come on, please.”
You took his hand and he just warned you to hold tight. He used his gear to take you on top of the wall. You were holding him so tight you could have strangled him.
“Oh, what are you doing! Don’t you dare drop me!”
“I won’t.” Jean reassured you. “You can let go now; we are here.”
“Oh, this is high. This is really high from the ground.” you rumbled. “Is it even legal to go there?”
“I asked permission, don’t worry. The commander is a nice person.”
“Why are we here?”
“I prepared dinner for us.” Jean showed you a basket full of food with a sheet on the ground. “We never actually had a proper date so I thought this would be the perfect occasion.”
“You did this for me?” you smiled.
“I’d do anything to see that beautiful smile of yours.” Jean said with a smirk that made your cheeks hot.
“You’re the best, have I ever told you that?”
“Have I ever told you that I love you?” Jean whispered.
“No.” you gasped. “I– but I love you too.” you said before he kissed you.
#attack on titan x reader#jean kirstein fluff#jean kirstein x reader#jean x reader#jean kirstein x you#aot x reader#oat fluff#jean kirstein
399 notes
·
View notes
Text
Light of the Sun and Stars Chapter 18: An Unsettling Peace
Season finale time!
Summary: His whole life Marco Diaz has been raised by monsters, living under the cruel rule of their leader, Toffee. But one day Marco escapes into Mewni where he meets a magical princess and Mewman like himself, who begins teaching him all about her world. Together they will learn about life, love, and the lights within each of them, as they change their world forever.
Chapter Synopsis: A relative peace has settled over Mewni after Toffee’s death as Star, Marco and the others recover and rekindle now that they are out of harm’s way. But it is a fragile one and now its time for Star to do her best to convince the Mewmans to move on from the past and start looking to a brighter future.
Check out my other stuff on Fanfiction!
Disclaimer: Star vs and all its characters are owned by Daron Nefcy and Disney. All rights go to them.
Previous Chapter>>
Next Chapter>> (Next Season)
General Skullnick was in a terribly foul mood as she arrived back at the Butterfly Castle, along with the rest of the knights, gazing around at the quiet city in suspicion. She had been told that the town had been in need of dire assistance, the relatively unguarded town rumored to have been invaded by monsters during the course of the night and yet Skullnick couldn't see signs of any threats or danger anywhere around the eerily calm village. Meaning she had been misinformed, just some rambled worries from a bunch of paranoid guards, claiming to have seen a bunch of explosions just outside of town. Word had spread far and fast to her outpost at the edge of the kingdom and with each story she heard (each more crazy than the last) the more concerned she had become. Until finally, she had suited up and her and her men had made their way to the inner kingdom, ready to fight off the monster scum who had managed to invade their home.
Instead she found her and her entourage of trained soldiers marching through the quiet town, undisturbed. It was late midday when they arrived, the people apparently far over their paranoia from the previous night. Meaning this whole thing had just been a giant waste of her time.
And yet, something still seemed off to Skullnick. She couldn't put her finger on it but things just didn't seem right in the village, the air thick with uncomfortable tension. And as she looked out at the gathered crowd, she finally pieced together the problem, as she noticed that the Mewmans seemed on edge about something, picking up on their little, anxious exchanges, a whispered conversations here and there, a nervous look shared when they thought no one was looking. Just small things. But they quickly added up, the general realizing that the relative peace in the town was merely an illusion, everyone still obviously shaken by whatever had happened overnight, making them all hesitant and unsure. Meaning it was now Skullnick's job to try and ease the population's troubled mind before things could be blown anymore out of proportion by the oftentimes skittish Mewmans. That meant she needed to get to the bottom of things there and as quickly as possible, too. Skullnick concerned that the smallest noise could set them off into a mob-like panic. And she knew just the place to start, looking up at the glorious and mighty towers of the Butterfly's palace as it drew closer into view.
Jak and Dex were already waiting as Skullnick and her men arrived to the front gates of the castle, the two sharing a nervous look before addressing their approaching superior officer. “General Skullnick!” they said as one, pounding fists into their chests in respect and bowing their heads slightly.
“Jak! Dex! What the heck has been going on out here, I've been getting distress calls nonstop for hours?!” she immediately growled, making the two of them instantly uncomfortable.
The two guards gulped, looking even more troubled than before as Dex said sheepishly, “Well, uh, funny story.” Skullnick's eyes narrowed on the guard, making him hesitant to continue. “J-Jak tell her what happened,” he said his voice a squeak, giving his partner a small push.
“Oh, okay then,” Jak said, looking equally as tense, his voice a nervous stutter. “Umm, w-well the thing about that is... y-you see it was a weird set of circumstances that uhhh....”
Skullnick just sourly watched the two try to stumble their way around an explanation, quickly losing patience, while behind her all the other knights rolled their eyes. Until finally, she snapped, “Get to the point, you idiots!”
The two jumped at the raised tone, both of them shaking, neither wanting to continue, until finally Jak blurted out, “Toffee attacked last night!”
The knights all froze, trying to process the shocking news, even Skullnick stunned by the unexpected statement, Dex glaring at his partner. “What?!” she finally manged to say. “Toffee was here? He invaded Mewni?!”
“Technically yes,” Dex said softly.
“How did they manage to get in under your watch?!” Skullnick roared in a scolding voice.
“One of the barriers was down, he and the other monsters snuck in through that,” Jak explained.
“But technically they never reached the city,” Dex pointed out. “Thanks to Princess Star,” he added.
“What?” Skullnick asked with concern. “Star was involved? How could you let that happen?!” Dex instantly covering his mouth unable to believe he had just said that out loud. He looked to Jak with a pleading look, the guard saying, “Uhh, no need to worry, General Skullnick. I assure you, she's fine. As our the rest of the guards. Everything's fine.”
Skullnick let out a deep sigh, before growling in a slightly tired tone, “No everything is far from fine. Nothing about this is fine. This is the second time that slimy lizard has managed to sneak into the kingdom.” She began pacing back and forth for a moment, deep in thought. “We need to stop him. We have to find a way to track him down somehow.”
“Well actually, we don't really have to worry about that anymore,” Jak spoke up.
Skullnick whipped around to face the startled guard. “What exactly does that mean? You know where he's at?!”
The two shared a look before Dex cleared his throat, hesitantly saying, “Well okay, you're probably never gonna believe this, but uh... Toffee's dead.”
Everything went silent, the guards all blinking once as the information sunk in, Skullnick giving the two guards a baffled look, her eyes wide with disbelief. “Dead? What do you mean he's dead?! Why?! How?!” she questioned them, the normally level-headed general becoming quickly flustered.
“There was a rebellion within the monsters, they turned on the lizard and killed him,” Jak softly explained.
“And how do you know this exactly?” Skullnick demanded, at a loss how two measly palace guards had come across such pivotal information.
The two guards shared a look, before giving their harsh leader a sheepish look, “Would you believe the monsters told us?”
“What?!” Skullnick roared, making the both of them jump.
“It's true, ma'am,” Dex quickly said. “They all came here earlier asking to try and negotiate peace.”
“HOW ABSURD?!” Skullnick's harsh voice boomed, the troll reaching a point of anger unlike anything she had felt in years. “Where are they at?!” she continued in deadly rumble, looking around the area needlessly. “Where are the cowards hiding?!”
She eventually looked back to the two frightened guards, able to tell from their faces that there was something they didn't want to tell her. “What?!” she asked sharply.
Jak ducked behind Dex, forcing him alone to face the angered general. “T-They're, umm, in the c-castle, ma'am,” he said, giving her a timid smile.
“You let them INSIDE?!” Skullnick shouted at the guard, getting right up in his face, somehow her voice managing to raise more and more as she screamed at the top of her lungs to Dex. “Are you completely brain dead?! Do you have any idea what you two have done?!”
“B-But, ma'am-” Dex timidly tried to defend himself.
“Shut up!” she yelled, the guard closing his mouth once again. She finally pulled away from her subordinate, but Dex was far from relaxed, visibly shaking as he tried not to meet her eye again. She turned to her group of knights, practically seething with rage, all of her men standing at immediate attention. “All of you go inside and secure the monsters,” she commanded in a deep growl.
“Actually,” Dex interrupted, gulping as the general's focused gaze narrowed onto him. But he forced himself to continue. “No one is permitted to lay a hand on the monsters.”
“Under who's authority?” Skullnick asked angrily.
“Princess Star's,” Jak explained.
Skullnick looked visibly shocked for a second, but she quickly pushed it aside, still too angry to think anymore on that. “Then I need to speak with Princess Star, now!” Skullnick demanded, trying to push past the two guards, preparing to give the girl the scolding of her life. “Where is she?!”
Despite their fear, the two guards held the troll general back, Dex stating, “Sorry, Ma'am but Princess Star is occupied at the moment and has been given strict orders not to be disturbed.”
“Occupied?!” Skullnick roared. “What could possibly be more important than monsters running loose through the castle?!”
…
Marco slowly opened his eyes, his whole body throbbing and his head feeling like it was full of liquid, though his neck felt the worst of it all, the whole area burning with pain. He tried to remember where he was or what had happened before, but his mind was drawing a blank. The last thing he remembered Star had rescued him from Toffee, shooting a powerful beam at the terrifying lizard, but Marco couldn't recall anything after that. He still felt too weak to sit up yet, so he just tried to get a look around where he was at, hoping it might help jog his memory. He was in his bed at Butterfly Castle, tucked tightly beneath his soft sheets. How had he gotten back here? Had he passed out? He figured he must have. But what had happened afterwords, though, with Toffee? Did Star and the others manage to beat him? Had he escaped? Were they all right?
Marco went to put a hand to his aching forehead, all the swirling thoughts only making his headache worsen, but he found himself unable to lift his hand, something laying ontop of it. He sat up slightly, his gaze landing on the sleeping Star sitting in a chair beside his bed, her body currently slumped over as she rested peacefully, her hand covering his own. Marco blinked once in surprise, caught off guard by the breathtaking sight of his best friend. He opened his mouth to say her name, but instead all that came out was a loud cough, his throat still sore from being strangled.
Star shifted in her sleep, the sound waking her from her slumber, as she blinked open her eyes. “What?” she mumbled still half-asleep, a far-off look in her blue pupils. That was until she spotted the still-coughing Marco, immediately crying, “Marco!” Before the boy could even respond, Star jumped out of her chair, wrapping her arms around him in a tight hug. She held him close to her, trying to comfort and protect him there in her warm embrace, all the fear and worry she had been feeling for the last couple of hours finally melting off of her.
Marco's whole body tingled from her touch as his cheeks grew hot once again. After a couple of seconds, he closed his eyes, allowing himself to be buried in her warmth. Finally, Star broke off the hug, pulling away from him and sitting on the side of his bed, ignoring the chair, which had fallen on its side when the blond had jolted up from it. “Star?” Marco tried again, his voice a squeak. “What happened? And where are the others?” he asked, looking around the room. “D-Did Toffee, d-did he... he-”
“Shhh,” Star shushed soothingly, putting a hand on his. “You don't have to worry about him. Toffee's gone. That monster can never hurt you ever again.”
“Are you sure?” Marco asked, still sounding distressed, unable to believe he was finally free from Toffee's wrath.
“I'm sure,” Star said, holding back a shudder as she recalled the bone-chilling scream she had heard echoing around the dark castle walls of Toffee's home.
“But the others,” Marco insisted, worriedly. “Are they-”
“They're fine,” Star interrupted. “Everything's fine, you're safe now.”
But her words did little to phase Marco, the boy still looking upset about something, his eyes alive and filled with pain. “Hey, you okay,” she asked in concern.
Marco's eyes filled with tears, as he shook his head silently. “Marco, what's wrong?” she pressed, leaning a bit closer to him, his uncharacteristic behavior frightening her more than a little.
Finally, his resolve seemed to break, as tears burst from his eyes, streaming freely down his face. “I-I was so scared, Star,” he sobbing deeply. “I-I thought I would never see you again. I thought he was gonna take me away from you forever.” Marco's whole body shook as he chocked out his sorrowful confession. “I tried to be strong, I really did. Because you told me you would save me... b-b-but when Toffee- when he- he... I-I was just so afraid!!”
Star felt her heart break, as Marco threw his arms around her in a hug, seeking her comfort and affection from his worry. She held onto him closely, trying to sooth his heavy thoughts and fill him with warmth and love. “I'm so sorry, Marco,” she said, sounding chocked up as well. “I'm so sorry you had to go through that. I wish I could have protected you better.”
Marco held onto the girl tightly, as if afraid she would be pulled from his grasp again, trying to soak in as much of her warmth as he could in between gasps for breath. “But you're the one who saved me,” Marco pointed out. “I saw you when you busted through that crystal. You were so amazing and powerful.”
“Well to tell you the truth I barely remember any of that. All I could think about was getting to you,” Star admitted. She paused for a second before adding, “And I was really scared, too.”
“Why?” Marco asked.
Star pulled out of the hug, as she began gently wiping the tears from his cheeks, looking deep into his eyes, Marco seeing all the worry and fear she had been experiencing shining in her sky blue irises. “Because I almost couldn't reach you. I almost lost you and that terrified me more than anything in the world.”
“It did?” Marco asked, his cheeks flushed and his heart pounding in excitement. “Why is that?”
“Because you're my boyfriend,” Star confessed. “And you just mean so much to me, Marco. Ever since I met you, I've had the time of my life getting to know you and being near you. You are the most important person in my life and I would be lost without you here.”
Then to emphasis her point, she leaned in and kissed him softly on the lips, pouring all her love and tenderness into the simple act. After a couple of breathtaking seconds, she pulled away, while keeping a steady gaze on Marco, watching him for his reaction. Marco blinked once, before he smiled one of his cute signature smiles, the sadness finally gone from his face. “I feel the same way!” he blurted out, before lowering his head a bit from embarrassment at the sudden declaration, leaving Star to gush over his irresistible sweetness. “You are just so amazing, Star,” he continued softly. His eyes finally met hers again, causing his cheeks to flush even more. “I'm glad I got the chance to meet you.”
“Me too,” Star said, moving so she was now laying beside him. She gently pulled his head down so it was resting on her shoulder, the two just silently enjoying the moment, content just being together once again, knowing that at last their trouble was behind them. Finally, the two pulled away, Star leaning in to kiss Marco again, but was stopped as Marco's voice cut through the moment. “Star?” he said, the blond royal stopping mid-kiss.
“Yes, Marco,” Star said, unsure why the boy had chosen now to speak.
“I have a question,” he said, his eyebrows pinched together in confusion.
“What's that?” Star asked, wondering what could be on her bestie's mind.
“What's a boyfriend?” he asked, cocking his head to the side with genuine curiosity.
There was a few seconds of silence, before Star burst out into laughter, shaking her head at his cute naivety. “I'll explain later,” she said.
Then the two, as one, pulled into another kiss, their cheek marks both glowing bright white as they did. They both stayed like that for a while, as the kiss deepened, Star moving closer, his presence intoxicating to her and Marco gently moving his lips against hers, relishing in the pure amazement the two were experiencing right then, aware of nothing else but each other.
Eventually, the door to the room opened, Jackie and Janna walking in with smiles on their faces, Jackie with a bouquet of beautiful flowers and Janna with a box full of chocolates, get-well gifts for their hurt friend, but once they spotted Star and Marco they froze in place. The girls mouths dropped open in shock, Janna quickly drawing her phone out of her pocket about to take a picture to commemorate the moment, but was thwarted as Jackie grabbed ahold of her arm, pulling her out of the room. The door slowly closed behind them, Jackie taking care to make as little noise as possible, leaving the door barely open a crack.
The skater girl sighed, glad she hadn't interrupted their moment, wanting her two friends to have all the happiness they deserved, especially after what they had just went though. “Welllll,” Janna's smirking voice cut through her thoughts, Jackie not surprised to see the girl giving her a meaningful look.
“Well what?” Jackie asked, raising a skeptical eyebrow.
Janna held out a hand, saying in a suggestive tone, “I believe there is still the matter of payment.”
Jackie just eyed her creepy roommate's outstretched hand, with an annoyed glare. “Really, Jan,” Jackie scoffed, rolling her eyes. “After seeing that...” she pointed to the door. “...this is the first thing you do.” she gestured back to Janna's still begging hand.
“Hey, I'm a simple girl with simple needs,” Janna said slyly, shrugging.
“Can't we just take a moment to think about how great this is? I mean are two best friends are officially a couple. How can you not be happy for them?”
“I am happy for them,” Janna admitted. “Buttt, I'm still me, which means I'm gonna need some fulfillment for winning the bet, like right now.”
Jackie just sighed, before reaching in her pocket to pull out the cash for her greedy friend. Until, she stopped, an idea popping into her head. “Double or nothing,” she quickly blurted.
Janna leaned forward, curiously. “I'm listening,” she said.
“Well since they're dating now, I bet you I can set up the perfect first date for the two and by the end Star and Marco will be closer than ever,” she hypothesized.
“What happened to not interfering?” Janna asked smugly.
“I think that ship has already sailed,” Jackie responded. “I mean technically speaking you and I both broke like every rule of the last bet so it should have already been called off.”
“Fine, deal,” Janna said, shaking her friend's hand. “But I think we both know with those two's track record there is no way everything will go perfectly fine. More than likely some magical problem or monster issue will get in the way. Heck maybe even both.”
“Well we'll just have to wait and see, won't we?” Jackie answered confidently.
“Excuse me, girls.” The two turned to see all the monsters hovering around them, with anxious expressions. “Has my son awakened yet?” Buff Frog asked, with obvious concern.
“What are you all doing here?” Jackie asked in surprise. “I thought you were all being kept in custody.”
“Yeah we were but we snuck out so we could see, Marco,” Bearicorn explained. “We were all really worried.”
“Pluzzz we heard that general troll lady wazz here,” Boo Fly buzzed, sounding clearly frightened at the idea. “Zzzhe'zzz really zzzcary!”
“Okay fair,” Janna said, even the creepy girl herself was admittedly afraid of the grouchy leader. “But weren't you being watched by the guards. How did you get away?”
“This weird hyper girl helped us sneak out,” Beard Deer explained, pointing behind him. And on cue, StarFan13 popped out from behind the rugged monster shouting, “Helllooo!” before snapping a picture of all of them, rendering the whole room blind. “Ohmygosh, I can't believe Star's letting monsters into the castle now, that is just so cool!!” the hyper girl excitedly cheered, pressing her hands against her cheeks, her eyes somehow turning into actual stars as she thought of her blond heroine.
The others all just stared at her awkwardly, as the fan girl continued her rant, until Buff Frog once again asked the two startled girls, “Is Marco awake?”
Jackie nodded her head. “Yep, he just woke up,” the skater said. “Star's with him.”
Buff Frog let out a sigh of relief, his primal fear finally wearing off. “But he's kinda in the middle of something right now,” Janna hesitantly added.
“Middle of something?” Buff Frog questioned.
“Yeah,” Jackie said. “So I don't think they want to-”
“Oh my gosh, are little Marco is kissing a girl!” Lobster Claws yelled, as he peeked through the small crack in the door. The others all gasped, before stampeding over to the door, all of them fighting as they tried to look through the tiny opening, StarFan13 fighting her way through the crowd with a fury as she prepared to take a picture of the moment she had been waiting for. “-be disturbed,” Jackie finished needlessly.
Within Marco's room, Star and Marco finally broke off the kiss, as Star looked around the room quizzically. “What is it?” Marco asked breathlessly, his cheeks still pooling with blood.
“Did you hear something?” Star asked, her cheeks equally as red. Just then, the door flew open as the monsters all collapsed into the room in a huge pile, Star and Marco jumping in surprise. They all groaned in pain for a second, before Marco (finally recovering from his shock) exclaimed, “Guys!”
“Marco!” they all responded, before rushing over to the boy's bed, all of them hugging and fussing over the boy, asking him how he was feeling and/or congratulating him on getting to date the beautiful princess. The boy just smiled, loving all the attention he was getting, which made Star's heart float with joy to see him so happy. “One at a time, guys,” Star said in laughter. “Don't crowd him!”
The room was soon alive with festive energy as everyone settled down into talking and reminiscing, as they celebrated their triumphant victory over the hated lizard. They obliged the princess' request, each taking a turn to get to greet the eager boy, meaning Star was finally able to get a chance to talk to all of Marco's adopted family without all of them trying to kill or threaten her, which was nice. StarFan13 surprised the both of them as she pulled them into a crushing hug going on and on about how amazing it was that the two were now boyfriend and girlfriend, Marco still looking to the blond for an explanation, which Star did her best to give once she got her breath back. Jackie and Janna gave Marco their gifts, which he gratefully hugged them over, making the both of them smile ear to ear, the boy's joy still as infectious as ever. But the best was probably the last, as Buff Frog took his turn, instantly sweeping the hooded boy into a fatherly hug, tears springing up into his eyes. It was a heartfelt moment, the room going quiet and just watching father and son reunite in elated silence.
“I sorry I had to send you away, my boy,” Buff Frog apologized. “I sorry you had to go it alone.”
“It's okay, Marco said reassuringly. “I'm glad you did. I made so many new friends and I got to make a life for myself, just like you wanted.”
“Yes you did. And I so proud of you, Marco,” Buff Frog whispered, which caused Marco to hold on tighter to his father, his approval making Marco's whole body warm up with self-pride. “You have become all that I wanted you to be. I only wish your parents were here to see this.”
“Me too,” Marco admitted, still feeling a small twist in his gut at the thought of them, but it passed quickly. “I missed you so much,” he added, his voice choking up a bit.
“And I miss you,”Buff Frog added, running a claw through the back of Marco's hair. “I think of you everyday you were gone.”
Star watched the two with solace, glad to see Marco getting some much needed attention from his father, but jumped a bit as she heard a throat clearing from the doorway, her and everyone else all turning to see one of the castle servants, even Marco and Buff Frog breaking off their hug. The servant was eying all of the monsters nervously, before stuttering, “Ummm, s-sorry to interrupt Princess Star.” He instantly bowed in respect to the young royal. “B-But your parents have just arrived and they, a-along with General Skullnick, would like to speak with you.” His face went pale as he eyed all the terrifying creatures that were watching him silently.
“Yes thank you, Manfred,” Star said in a dismissive manner, much to the servants relief. “Tell my parents I will be there in a moment.”
Manfred bowed again, before practically running away down the hallway. Once he was gone, Star took a deep breath, trying to steel her nerves. She had known she couldn't go long without them finding out, still she was dreading the meeting. And since it seemed Skullnick had gotten to them before her, this could prove to be a problem. She rose up from the bed, saying in an authoritative tone, “Welp, fun time's over. Let's get this over with.”
…
“I'm telling you the princess has lost her mind!” Skullnick's echoing roar vibrated through the thick castle walls, making all the guards standing on duty cringe, some even covering their ears. Queen Moon and King River however seemed unaffected by the yell, perhaps the two of them a little too use to hearing it over the years, maintaining their poise, as they sat up straight and refined on their thrones.
“Yes, thank you, General Skullnick,” Queen Moon sighed, trying to resist the urge to cover her head with her hand. “We get the idea.”
“But allowing monsters into the castle-” Skullnick tried again.
“Which we intend to discuss with Star, in detail, once she arrives,” Moon interrupted, giving her a chiding glare which silenced any further argument.
“I don't know, dear,” King River spoke up, his voice raising with every word. “The general has a point. I mean, monster scum in my castle, simply outrageous!”
“River,” Moon mumbled, shooting her husband a look.
“I mean they declared war on us,” River continued, ignoring his wife, crossing his arms in a childish manner. “And now the cowards come to our palace begging for forgiveness. I say we annihilate the lot of them.”
“We can't do that,” Moon argued, in a scolding tone. “Who knows what the monsters would do in retaliation. We might end up only making things worse. We should wait and see what Star has to say.”
“But dear,” River started again. “The monster's surrendering!”
“Yes, admittedly, it is quite strange. And Star taking their side and blindly trusting them is even stranger. I'm not sure what that girl is thinking.”
“Well you know what I think?! I think they found some kind of way to brainwash her!”
“That's preposterous! How would the monsters even be able to do that?!”
The argument continued, as Star listened in, putting an ear to the door, trying to wait for the right moment to enter. Unfortunately, there didn't seem to be one, as the conversation instead only seemed to grow worse and worse. The others all watched Star, who were in turn watched suspiciously by the guards stationed there, waiting for her to let them know what was going on from the other side, but judging from the grimace on her face it didn't look too hopeful. And considering the enraged screams from the general about the “monster scum” they had all heard echoing through the hallway earlier, they were pretty convinced that their fears were correct.
“So, uhhh,” Lobster Claws hesitantly spoke up. “Should we just come back later?”
Star pulled away from the door, looking at all the monster's, plus Marco's, Jackie's, and Janna's, worried faces, not answering right away. “We can't,” Star said firmly. “My parents are actually willing to listen right now... sorta.” She bit her lip, looking unsure for a second, before taking a calming breath. “If we're going to try this, we have to do it now,” she finished, trying to sound confident, but they could all see the doubt in her eyes.
“Very well then,” Buff Frog said, looking far more ready than Star felt. “Let's talk to parents.”
Star gave the rest of the monsters a sheepish smile, saying, “Sorry guys, but its probably best if the rest of you stay here. I think the less of you that show up for this, the better. Otherwise you'll all just end up making the whole thing way more tense and stressful.” The blond rolled her eyes as she said this.
But none of them looked upset by this, nodding in understanding, while mentally they were sighing in relief, they had all been feeling quite anxious about facing the terrifying heads of Mewman power. Jackie and Janna led them away, arguing about which part of the castle to show the monsters first, while several nervous guards accompanied them, looking ready for the monsters to strike at any moment. Marco, however, stayed behind with Star and Buff Frog, ready to enter the room alongside them, much to Star's surprise. “Don't you want to go with the others?” Star asked the boy.
Marco shook his head. “No, I'd rather stay and see what happens, if that's alright,” Marco replied, courageously.
Star smiled, feeling braver to have the boy near. “Of course it's fine,” she said, shooting him a grateful smile. With that she turned back to the doors preparing to throw them open, but just before she did she looked to Buff Frog asking, “Ready?”
The frog nodded. Star took in a deep breath, steeling her nerves, muttering, “Here we go,” before throwing the doors wide open. The throne room went quiet as all eyes turned to the doorway, lingering on the young royal. Her parents were watching her closely, their faces unreadable, while beside them, Skullnick glared openly at the monster and princess, looking as suspicious as ever and Star felt her stomach twist uncomfortably, losing some of her much needed nerve.
She was about to take a step forward when she remembered something. Her parents still didn't know about Marco and she didn't want to add introducing them to the boyfriend she had been lying about onto her already overwhelming list of uncomfortable subjects she was gonna have to discuss with her parents. She turned to look back at Marco, who to his credit, was looking far less uncomfortable than she was expecting, prepared to follow Star inside. She whispered to him, “Wait here, okay.”
Marco nodded, letting Star and Buff Frog stride confidently into the room, the princess in the lead. She tried to keep her royal mask on as best as she could, trying not to let the general’s cold stare, falter her step, making herself stand as tall as possible. Once she was close enough, she curtseyed, just like she had been taught, while Buff Frog bowed low to the ground. As she stood up straight once more, she said in the most regal voice she could, “Mom, dad, I'm glad to see you back. You wanted to speak to me.”
“What is he doing here?!” Skullnick roared, pointing accusingly at the monster. “I thought all the monsters were in custody.”
“I thought Buff Frog should be here for this,” Star shot back, keeping her tone strong. “So that he could speak on behalf of himself and the rest of the monsters.” She looked over to her parents, silently asking them for permission.
“See I told you, my queen,” Skullnick said, ignoring the blond royal. “Star is siding with the monsters and now she is violating my orders.”
“Yes, thank you, General,” Moon said, keeping a firm scowl on the troll. “But if you wouldn't mind giving us some time to talk with our daughter... alone.”
Skullnick looked annoyed by the dismissal, but she bowed before storming out of the room. She stopped in front of Marco, who looked up at her blankly. “Something tells me you had something to do with this,” she hissed, crossing her arms. Marco said nothing, but he looked away from the monster guiltily. “Thought so.” Skullnick continued on down the hallway, muttering under the breath about the future state of Mewni and the way too trusting princess leading them all to bad times.
“Now that we're alone,” Moon continued, relieved to not have the overworked general interrupting her every couple of seconds. “Buff Frog was it?”
“Yes, majesty,” Buff Frog said formally.
“Am I to presume you are the new leader of the monsters?” Moon asked.
“Da, I take over in Toffee's place,” Buff Frog replied honestly.
“Speaking of which, there have been a lot of rumors regarding what became of Toffee,” Moon continued, looking between her daughter and the monster equally. “Would either of you care to explain what actually happened?”
“Yes, is it true the lizard got what he deserved!” River exclaimed, causing Moon to sigh.
Star wasn't surprised by the question, she had been expecting them to ask this, having already thought up a good reply on the way there. “Buff Frog and the other monsters killed him,” she said, gesturing to the monster behind her.
“And where did this happen?” Moon asked, suspiciously. “We had no word of any such claims. We were told the monster's fled after their attack failed.”
“That is because it was at Toffee's castle, Your Highness,” Buff Frog answered.
“Then how do we know this to be true?” Moon asked, her tone harsh.
“Yes, how do we know this isn't some trick set up by Toffee?!” River added, sounding equally skeptical.
Buff Frog didn't know what to say to that, but Star quickly interjected. “It is true,” she said, forcefully.
“And how can you be sure?” Moon countered, raising an eyebrow at her daughter.
“I, uhhh,” Star hesitantly started, really not wanting to finish the sentence. She closed her eyes before saying. “I was kind of there.”
Star didn't have to see to know her mother was probably freaking out right then, as she exclaimed in a panic, “You were there!”
Star flinched, before risking opening her eyes, greeted by her parents' shocked faces. “Yes,” she said, carefully.
“How did you even get there?” Moon asked.
“Buff Frog showed me the way?” Star answered, shamefacedly.
“Do you mean that you actually helped to defeat Toffee?” River asked in amazement. “The lizard that has plagued this land for over a decade. The undefeated creature of pure hate and evil.”
“Yeaaaahhhh,” Star said, reluctantly, giving them both a sheepish smile.
River let out a hearty laugh. “Ha, that's my girl,” he said proudly, Moon just face palming, shaking her head at her husband's antics.
“River, I hardly think that is the point,” Moon scolded.
“I'm sorry, my dear,” River apologized. “But it is pretty spectacular that our daughter helped to defeat that horrid lizard, isn't it?!”
“No it most certainly is not,” Moon countered, before giving her daughter a scolding look. “Star you should no better than to put yourself at risk like that. What if you had been unable to defeat Toffee? What would you have done then? You could have been gravely injured.” Star looked down, her face the picture of guilt, Buff Frog just watching her sadly in silence. If there was one thing Star couldn't stand it was disappointing her mother, the blond having difficulty listening to her mother's lecture, her chiding tone heart-wrenching to the girl. “Honestly Star, what were you thinking? Going to the base of the monsters, without even telling anyone! What could have possessed you to-”
“It's not her fault!” Star was shocked as Marco, out of nowhere, jumped in front of her. He froze for a second as everyone's attention was directed to him, Marco swallowing hard, the unblinking stare of the two crowned monarchs making him anxious. “Please, Your Majesties, don't blame Star for what happened,” he continued, his voice shaking slightly. “It was my fault, not hers.” He lowered his head in shame.
“What are you doing?” Star whispered into the boy's ear.
“I'm not sure,” he replied, softly.
“Who are you?” Moon asked, drawing the hoodie-wearing boy's attention back.
“I'm Marco, Your Highness,” Marco responded, trying to keep the stutter out of his voice. He started to reach out a hand to shake, until Star coughed behind him, muttering “bow” as she did. He obeyed doing a quick, cute little bow in front of them.
“Marco?” Moon said in surprise. “Aren't you that orphan boy that danced with Star.”
“Yes, that's right,” Marco answered.
“And why do you say this is your fault, my lad?” River asked.
Marco thought for a moment before answering, “Because Star only went after Toffee to save me. And if I wasn't here then she never would have been in any danger in the first place.”
“Why would the lizard have targeted you?” River asked, suspiciously.
“Because Marco is my son,” Buff Frog interjected, moving so he was right behind the boy.
“Your son?!” Moon exclaimed.
“Yes. I brought him here to help him escape from Toffee, so he could live own life. But Toffee found him again and took him back.” Buff Frog closed his eyes, feeling a deep regret for not protecting Marco better. His gaze slowly switched to the princess, giving her a warm smile. “If it wasn't for your daughter, my little Marco could have been hurt. I owe her great debt.” He looked back to the startled king and queen saying assertively, “This why I wish to make peace. I see good in Mewmans, while Toffee has corrupted rest of monsters to see only bad. But I want to show them that the lizard was wrong. I want to start over, to create new world, a world that will be safe for my child.”
“That is... quite noble,” Moon said, softly, clearly caught off-guard by the monster's conviction. Her and River shared a look, neither sure what to do.
“I no I can not fix everything we have done to you,” Buff Frog continued, still trying to convince them. “But if you give me chance I hope to make things better for both of us.”
“Please, Your Majesties,” Marco spoke up, in a pleading tone. “I know what the monsters did to you in the past was wrong, but they're only here to try and make up for that. They want peace just as much as you two do.”
“And what do they benefit from surrendering?” Moon asked, bluntly.
Marco thought, before answering, “The hope that someday they can be treated like equals.”
Moon tried to hide her shock at the boy's words. That sounded rather familiar, her head suddenly swimming with old memories she believed she had long since forgotten. She recalled a young couple who had often pleaded with her in the past about monster equality, though at the time she had been unshaken by their words, simply dismissing it as nonsense. Though they had been quite persistent still, never simply taking no for an answer...
Moon tried to push the thought aside, not sure what had brought the memory on in the first place, the young boy in front of her just strongly reminding her of them. “Can you give us a moment?” she requested. “We'd like to discuss some things before we give you an answer.”
“Of course, Queen Moon,” Buff Frog said bowing. “Come Marco.” Marco obeyed his father, the two exiting the room together. Marco whispered over his shoulder to his dad as they did, “Do you think it worked?”
“I not sure, yet,” Buff Frog asked, in melancholy.
Star started to follow after them, until she heard her mother call her name. “Star.” The girl turned back in surprise. “We would like you to stay here as well,” Moon said.
Star was taken aback that her mother would ask for her opinion, but she quickly recovered, nodding her head, before straightening her posture as much as she could. “Of course,” she responded as regally as she could.
Moon waited until the doors closed shut, with a resounding rumble, before asking “Star, do you really trust this monster?”
“Yes, I do. With my life,” she answered immediately. “He helped me when he didn't have to. And I never would have gotten Marco back or stopped Toffee without him. He's more than earned my trust.”
“And what about this boy?” River continued. “It doesn't upset you that he lied to you about being raised by monsters? Surely he can't be trusted.”
“Marco did nothing wrong,” Star replied firmly, feeling a need to defend her Marco. “It's not like he tried to manipulate me or anything. He just needed a safe place to hide from Toffee so that he wouldn't hurt him again. And yes maybe he didn't tell me about the whole being raised by monsters thing, but the only reason he did that was because he was afraid of what would happen if he did.”
King River and Queen Moon shared a look as Star continued to ramble on about the boy she so obviously cared about, pacing back and forth in front of them. “And who can blame him. We treat the monsters awfully, it's the only reason they lashed out in the first place. He was terrified that I would treat him differently because of who raised him, when really nothing could ever change the way I feel. Marco's the nicest boy I have ever known. He's good and sweet and kind. He would never hurt anyone.”
“Star,” Moon called, halting the girl in her steps. She turned to them with a dazed and embarrassed look, clearly having forgotten where she was at. “We believe you,” Moon finished, giving her a knowing look.
Star nervously cleared her throat, standing at attention once again. “Yes well, anyways,” she said awkwardly, before regaining her princess composure once again. “The point is, Marco isn't a bad person and neither is Buff Frog or most of the monsters for that matter. It's Toffee who is to blame for all this, not the rest of the monsters.”
“So then the real question remains,” Moon said, thoughtfully, looking between her family. “Do you think we should accept their proposal?”
“Yes, I do,” Star said, nodding. “Making peace does seem like the better option than fighting a losing battle, doesn't it?”
Moon wasn't surprised, by her daughter’s answer, but now came the real challenge. She looked to her husband. “What do you think, River? Do you still think we should 'annihilate' them all?”
River looked down at his daughter, who was giving him a pleading look, while also holding in her breath. “No, my dear. I think it's time we put an end to this senseless violence,” the king stated, throwing both royal women for a shock. “Star makes a good point. And if she thinks this is for the best, then I think we should trust her judgment. After all, she's grown into quite the capable ruler... just like her mother.”
Star felt her cheeks grow hot at the unexpected compliment, not realizing her father thought so highly of her. After a moment, Moon gave a curt nod, saying, “Agreed.” She rose from her throne and River doing the same, Star sucking in a breath, as she followed after her parents.
Marco and Buff Frog both jumped as the doors to the throne room swung open, trying to bury the nervous frowns they had had on not a moment ago, as Buff Frog dropped down onto one knee, lowering his head submissively, and Marco quickly mimicked his father's movements.
Moon and River stopped before the two, for a moment just towering over their forms. Until finally, Queen Moon said in a diplomatic tone, “Buff Frog, on behalf of the Kingdom of Mewni we would like to accept your offer of peace and put an end to this war once and for all.”
Marco smiled widely at that and Buff Frog immediately stood, shaking Moon's hand graciously. “Thank you so much for opportunity, Your Highness,” the frog praised, before leaning in to kiss her hand, which she immediately pulled away before he could.
“Yes well, I still don't exactly trust you, but my daughter said some very compelling things in your defense, so I am willing to give this a chance,” Moon said, honestly. “Please do not betray my kindness,” she added, sharply.
“Never, Your Highness,” Buff Frog said, bowing.
“And as for you,” Moon said, turning to Marco with a serious expression, which made Marco instantly uncomfortable.
“Y-Yes,” Marco said, trying to keep the stutter out of his voice.
But Moon's harsh look switched to a smile, as she said softly, “ I want to thank you, Marco, for bringing joy back into my daughter's life. It is so nice to see her smile again. I owe you a great debt. You are more than welcome to remain here for as long as you would like.”
“W-Wow,” Marco muttered in disbelief. “Thank you so much, ma'am- I-I mean, Queen Moon!” He dropped into an embarrassed bow.
“Come here, you!” But he was quickly swept up by King River, as he squeezed him in a bear-like hug, Marco feeling like all his bones were breaking as he did. “Good show, my lad. So nice to finally meet you.”
“You too,” Marco coughed out in a strained tone, still feeling like he was being crushed.
“Even if Star did try to keep you a secret from us,” Moon added, before shooting her daughter a look, causing Star to laugh nervously.
“Uh, ha ha,” the blond chuckled, sheepishly, hands behind her back. “So you knew about that, then?”
“Oh yes, for quite some time now,” River answered, finally setting the boy back down on his feet again, leaving the boy struggling to regain his breath, Buff Frog checking on his son to make sure he was alright.
“How'd you find out?” Star asked, pretty sure she knew the answer.
“General Skullnick informed us you had let a new orphan into the palace,” Moon explained.
“And that you and he seemed quite attached to each other, am I right my lad?” River bellowed, playfully slamming a hand into Marco's back, which nearly knocked the boy over.
“Oh,” was all Star said looking away, not sure what else to say to that. It came as quite a shock to her that the general had noticed normally iron-blooded troll's softer side.
“She suggested we shouldn't push you on the matter and give you some time to tell us about him on your own and we agreed. We figured you would tell us when you were ready.”
Star thought about that for a second. It came as quite a shock to hear that the general had noticed Star's need for space, still thrown off by the normally iron-blooded troll's softer side. “Soooo, are you guys mad?” Star risked.
“Well we still aren't happy about it?” Queen Moon admitted, giving her daughter a chiding glare. She sighed, before adding much gentler, “But we do understand why you did it. We put a lot on you and I know it couldn't have been easy for you. So if having this boy around made you happy, even if it was in secret, then I'm willing to look past it.”
Star nodded, giving her mom a smile. “Thanks mom,” she said, pulling her into a quick hug.
“You're welcome, sweetie,” she said, giving her a gentle squeeze back. Once the two separated, Moon gave her a push toward Marco and Star instantly responded, closing the distance as she threw her arms around him in joy. “We did it, Marco. We did it!” She somehow lifted him off the ground, spinning him in a quick circle. “We brought peace to the monsters and the rest of Mewni! Together!”
Marco was laughing, holding tightly onto her, as she brought him back down to the ground. “Yeah we did, didn't we?” he whispered in awe.
“Your parents would be so proud,” she said, finally letting go of him and moving to his side. Marco teared up, giving her a soft smile.
“Yeah I guess they would,” Marco said, his voice cracking.
“So then Star,” Moon said, teasingly, drawing the two's attention back to her and off of each other, both her and her husband giving their daughter sly looks. “Am I to assume this boy is more than just your mere companion.”
Star was about to respond, but Marco beat her to it, raising a finger in the air to draw their attention. “Umm, yes, I'm also her smooch buddy,” Marco said hesitantly, before turning to Star for conformation he had said it right.
Star just smiled, taking his hand in hers. “Close enough,” she said, before giving him a quick peck on the cheek, watching as his face turned the cutest shade of red, not caring who was watching.
Okay so next up we move on to season 2! I’ll continue to try and post daily until I’m caught up with my present story. Thanks for reading everyone!
4 notes
·
View notes
Text
Weekly Digital Marketing Q&A – Hump Day Hangouts – Episode 278
youtube
Click on the video above to watch Episode 278 of the Semantic Mastery Hump Day Hangouts.
Full timestamps with topics and times can be found at the link above.
The latest upcoming free SEO Q&A Hump Day Hangout can be found at http://semanticmastery.com/humpday.
Announcement
Cool. Let’s get ready to rumble Whoa, hey, this is Episode 278 of Hump Day Hangouts and bring in a little bit more energy today. I’ve been sitting working focused all morning. So I realized I need to bring it since we’re going live. So with that said, we are going to jump into it pretty quick here. We’re going to say hi to everybody. We’ve got some announcements for everyone and then we’re going to hop in and start answering questions. If you want your questions answered, remember go to semanticmastery.com/HDquestion stays the same. You can go there every week. So if you’re checking us out on YouTube, make sure you go there to get your questions answered. So with that said, I’ll start at the bottom today. I’m going to mix things up. Hernan, how are you doing? You look like you’re looking at the floor.
Hernan: Oh man, on the spot, I’m doing good and then well, stormy day today so my connection might not hold but other than that really good. Really excited to be here.
Adam: Sounds good. All right, man. Well, hopefully, people have been checking out your videos. I know I see your videos because we work together. We do a lot of stuff together. But I’ve been using even more videos from you. So I don’t know maybe sometimes what have you talked about how you generate so much content?
We’re cranking up the content machine and also how it’s getting us leads because we did a small training for the inbound prospecting for 2xyouragency. And I’m putting that to the test, stress testing it every day, and it’s liberating. It’s pretty good.
Adam: Awesome. Good stuff. Marco, how are you doing? You’re looking a little bit different today. What’s going on here?
Marco: I’m just celebrating the 34th championship of the team that I’m a fan of in Argentina, not Hernan’s team of course. He has a sucky team. He’s a fan of. But anyway, I root for the underdog, I guess. Yeah, whatever. I like winners but as you can see, Groundhog Day and celebration. I have my beer ready. I made an executive decision. This is a drinking Hump Day Hangout. So now join me.
And if you don’t guys, you want to avoid viruses and all that bullshit. Drink more beer. Keesha healthy tears well here’s what the water has a beer. I’m gonna head out for a run after this. So I’ve had some bad experiences with beer and running so and if it doesn’t keep you healthy, it’ll make you feel better anyway. Like, enjoy the way out. So, alright, so look at that again. See, I kept telling us so for about five years I kept saying how beautiful it was. Beautiful. It was warm and sunny, warm and sunny, warm and sunny, warm and rainy. Now you can get a look get a good book, because I’m going to turn it off because too much sun is bad for you guys.
Well, we’ll go away from the sunshine cuz I know it’s night but Chris. How are you doing man? Yeah, doing good. Like the weather is excellent. I think we had 19 degrees Celsius today so summer is definitely on this March here obviously you can’t see it it’s night so I’ll take your word for it yeah you could be maybe you just move to your apartment somewhere else but yeah we’ll assume it’s nighttime and the most leading the gym pretty hard at the moment as long as they still let me.
Fair enough. Are you waiting
good deal and last but not least Bradley How you doing today? I’m peachy.
Alright, I like it. I’m just gonna roll with them Bradley’s good to go. So I’m going to loop back around to something Hernan said he was talking about 2xyouragency. If you haven’t heard about that yet, it’s basically if you’re an agency owner or even a consultant, if you want to get more clients, if you want to grow your revenue per client, want to scale your team. That is where you should go and join us 2xyouragency.com that’s where you can find out more about it and come join us for those have you who are joining us looking for step by step processes for your SEO, everything from new websites, age domains, YouTube channels, whatever it is, go check out the Battle Plan at battleplan.semanticmastery.com.
In that same vein, we keep telling people and it’s for a very good reason, which I won’t go into here, except saving time making sure you’re working on the higher level stuff. We advise people to get it done for you, whether that means hiring a VA, starting to build your own team or leveraging mgyb.co. Right going getting syndication networks made, press releases, link building, whatever it is you need done doing that so that you can grow your business right, you got to spend the time working on your pipeline processes and growing. So head on over to mgyb.co to find out about that as well. Subscribers, get some good perks and then that’s all I’m gonna say about that, but you got to be a subscriber.
And last but not least on my end, I want to tell everyone about POFU Live. You can see the current count of tickets remaining. It is decreasing if you go over to pofulive.com it’s going to be last weekend in September 2020 in Boston, Massachusetts. So we’re going to be meeting up there. We’re going to have a VIP day on that Friday. We’re going to meet up and have a lot of fun get together with everybody. I’m not sure quite yet what we’re going to do. But let’s see the first year we did a brewery tasting, took a bus around a bunch of different breweries. We had a lot of fun with that at dinner together. Then last year, we went and raced go karts. Some of us actually raced the go karts. Some people drove around it like five miles an hour and scared us I’m not gonna name names, but it was a lot of fun. We got guest speakers coming in. And we’ve got a lot of knowledge both for us to share to you but also for you to share between each other. So it’s a great environment for that. Like I said, it’s gonna be over the last weekend in September. So go check it out at pofulive.com, limited number of tickets when they’re gone. They are gone.
With that said, Guys, anything else we need to cover before we dive into questions today? Yeah, but what happens if Corona virus hits in Boston in September, man just TBD. We’ll Yeah, we’re gonna have to wait and see so drink Modelo Corona virus is still here, right? Yeah that said I will say if people buy tickets, you know and it is canceled that you know we’ll work something out we’re not gonna just keep all your money and say Tough luck. We’ll work something out but I would imagine as time gets closer we’ll understand what’s going on much better. Does anybody else tired of the media overblown, this coronavirus ship because I feel like
Unknown Speaker 6:34 there’s a mass hysteria that’s being generated by the media because honestly, I don’t think that it’s any more you know, bad often like the typical flu but it’s just non stop coverage and everybody’s freaking out about it. So anyways, well, they shut down the borders typically mean Yeah, I know. I land borders. I don’t know. Maybe cuz I don’t know anybody that’s been hit by but anyways. Alright, so we didn’t get any other way. I do some questions and focus on helping these people out.
Unknown Speaker 7:00 I did get the training done for the last week of the two x your results training for the two extra agency that I just finished recording that today. So it should be in the members area by the end of the week. Just to let you guys know next week we start the two x your business which is about scaling and growth. So next on the homestretch. Let’s go. All right, let me grab the screen and we’ll get into questions.
Okay.
How Does A Social Fortress Type Of Links Work Out With SEO Shield?
All right. So it looks like I don’t know if these were answered last week or not. I’ll start there. Uh, he says if you already have social fortress type of links, how does that work out if I ordered a shield? I don’t know. Social fortress type of links. I guess that’s like a syndication network or something. I’m not exactly sure what that is. But since I don’t know what that is, I don’t know how that integrates with the shield. But I guarantee you it’s not a shield, shield. So I would say just get it. You can’t hurt your entity with an SEO shoot, I can tell you that as long as it’s built correctly.
So I would say order one. No, Matt, I don’t know, I’m not sure what social fortress links are. But I can guarantee you they’re not doing with the not the same thing that the SEO shield does. They might not implement it, though very well, which would in that case, you would actually want to include the social fortress links, I’m assuming profile URLs and such into the actual SEO shield built. Right so that you’re kind of interlinking all of those properties together. I’m just wondering if someone copy Canada’s already. SEO shield is brand new, but I wouldn’t be surprised if someone had knocked it off already. Yeah, that’s not it. If you go to the question above that we didn’t answer that.
Unknown Speaker 8:51 Okay. I do remember this guy from last week. He says how much money will be needed for a complete project like that? I don’t know which project were we talking about? We were talking about about how simple not easy. It was how we would set up the SEO shield, not the fortune, our SEO shield. And then after that, we would do the press releases the link building embeds link building, watch how everything settles and then just do adjust right as we go. Because we could always have it add depth and breadth to the G drive site, do something that keyword-oriented instead of branding and so the answer is that as the top-level, SEO power shield is only 375 bucks. Link Building. I don’t know if you get that the top.
The top one, a couple of hundred bucks. Some press releases five press releases what 500 bucks on top. I’ve said it was about 1200 bucks, but we’re talking about investing time. Hundred bucks on the niche, not 1200 bucks to see if you can compete in the niche. It’s literally to go after the big boys that that’s what you need. And then you’re maybe a little bit more because you’re going to need to do monthly link building monthly embeds, you’re going to need to expand that dry stack writer to isolate those keywords are the tougher ones, because you will find that some keywords are tougher than others. So they might need a little bit more action. But that’s what we’re talking about.
How much are you gonna pay for a website? I know websites that can cost upwards of $100,000 average in I think Miami’s $15,000. For a website, we talked about 1500 bucks for the niche figure, think about doing the numbers, do the math. And you’ll see that it’s totally worth investing. If you want to just start with the SEO shield and some link building to see what it does. I mean that that’s on a five 600 bucks, and then you’re gonna know, after 21 days when the Google that settles where everything is and just how much more you’re going to need to get after it. I can tell you that local is a whole lot easier except for some of the higher-end niches right if you’re going after cosmetic surgeon in Beverly Hills, of course, that’s going to take a little bit more.
I’ll go back to my friend in what was the Toronto Vancouver run after DUI attorney in one of the biggest cities in Canada is going to take a little bit more but really you know, if you work if local if you’re working in conjunction with that GMB and you’re applying local GMB pro methods, it I call that a two for one special because you’re approaching that from from from from two different ways. But you’re adding power to that entity you’re adding so much more value to your entity making it more trusted, authoritative in the niche, much more so than anybody else. And if you go deeper into that, which we recommend, which is adding schema, and adding individual paid schema ending, and adding video schema, author, anything that you can on the page so that you can direct the bot exactly where you want the bot to go. And then at the unstructured data level, you can actually structure it through skip navigation links, jump links column like what you want. There are so many ways that you can get even more power out of this you can do more and build more so that it’s a win.
Yeah, are you going to take over nothing if you’re going to take over your niche and it sounds easy? No. We spent years literally in the lab coming up with this formula so that we can give it to you guys and make it simple for you guys to order so that you can get results. By no means is that easy. Because I can tell you that I spent hundreds of hours working on the weekends to put all of this shit together. So it wasn’t as if it’s just okay you by I push the button, and I came up with this idea and all of a sudden, boom, there it is there’s no magic pill, it’s hard work, but we tried to do is all of the hard work for you ahead of time, so that you don’t have to.
Yeah, cuz there’s still a lot that goes into that. But that the trying to try to discover the methods, that’s where that’s an enormous amount of time. So even though once the methods been discovered, and refined, it still takes a lot of effort and time to be able to implement unless you buy them done for you services, which is what we keep encouraging you to do. But you can imagine trying to try to identify that method or develop that method is really where the vast majority of Time goes. So you know when when
When you say it can’t be that that easy or that simple, it really is simple. It didn’t say it was easy. That doesn’t mean that there’s not a lot of complexity to putting it together in the proper order and everything else. But it really is. It’s a formula as Marco just said, it’s, it’s literally a formula you plug in, you know, you, you put all the pieces together in the right order. And then it’s just a matter of there are some variables, but it’s a matter of like link building and events, for example, how much do you need to push to get the desired result. But other than that, it’s the same process over and over again. So it becomes like a repeatable process, which is really the key and that’s the whole point is, I can’t tell you how many times we’ve talked to people in the mastermind or, you know, that have become members or, you know, followers or whatever.
In the mastermind, we often have calls with, you know, new members, to talk with them and find out about their business and one of the things that we hear often is that people have a hard time getting reliable results, repeatable results. In other words, they might have five projects out there, one or two of them are doing really well. But the other ones aren’t doing so well. And they don’t know what they did on the ones that are doing so well to get them to work, like to produce results. And that that becomes an issue, how can you have confidence in pitching your services and selling your services to clients and prospects and that sort of thing, if you’re never really sure that you can get the results, right. So that’s kind of the point is that we develop these methods, because over and over and over again, time and again, we’re able to achieve results, and virtually, you know, no competition. And what I mean by that is, in almost any every situation, it’s just a matter of how much we put into the actual process to get results. Like, sometimes it’s easy, and it happens very quickly. Sometimes it requires a lot more. But in any case, it’s the same process, right? So that we can always know with certainty with confidence that we’re going to be able to get results in a particular industry, the timeframe is all that is really adjustable. Right? And again, a client if we’re in a competitive industry, and that is going to require more than it just requires, if somebody wants it done like results in the same amount of time that a less competitive industry would get, that’s fine. We can still do it. It just requires more budget because we need to throw more at it. Does that make sense? So again, it’s just a, it becomes a repeatable process. There are some variables, but those are all.
Unknown Speaker 16:26 You know, they can be calculated, basically. So that’s why I love this method. Because even I didn’t have a repeatable method that I would use over and over and over again until the last couple of years. And now it’s really unfair because we know we can win no matter what, right?
Do you want to comment on that, Marco, before I move on?
No, no, that’s a good question. By the way, it was.
How Long Do The Links From Press Releases Last?
Alright, so he says, How long do links from press releases last? It depends. It depends on the publication that they’re published. Sometimes some, some of them, it’s 30 days, some of its 90 days, some of them are 180 days, some of them it’s indefinite, meaning they don’t purge at all. So it just depends. So it really depends. That’s why press releases aren’t something that it’s not, it’s not usually a one and done thing. It’s something that you should be doing consistently. Even if it’s just once a month, you know, the idea is to, once you start doing them is to continue doing them. For all most of my clients, at the very least, they’re getting one every two weeks. But most for all clients that I’ve taken on recently and new on on incoming clients, I do one press release per week, that’s just part of my monthly services. So they’re paying for that, right that’s part of it. But you know, some clients might even want to per week, it just depends on how aggressive they need to be. But the point is, is that once you start doing them as long as you’re doing them fairly consistently, then you won’t ever have to worry about when the links drop off because there’ll be no ones behind. Okay. By the way, go check out local PR pro we talk about how to extend that even more.
Alright, so the next question is first is not really a question. It’s kind of response because Bibi asked a bunch of questions last week, and so he was explaining himself here or she. So anyways, says, hey guys, just to note that, of course, nobody here disrespects the other members, I saw that nobody was asking questions. So I filled it up, feel free to answer other people’s questions when I blast off. I need the questions to be written so I can clear it from my head. And then it won’t bug me I get that. So I appreciate the explanation and no problem at all.
He says I know that also about me asking a lot of questions. I know this is the case right now and I won’t get the answers right away and not all of them at once because I’m not in the mastermind and I have to wait for a week. I’m on the path to one k a month. I’ve started the RSS masher and have another lead gen project and promoting.
Let’s see how it goes. Maybe in the future. Who knows. Yeah, well that’s the idea is to come here.
You know Mohammed who I think he has to quit? Yeah, of course, he did. There’s Mohammed right there. He’s been one that has come and asked questions and implemented, you know, what he learns, and then has come and joined the mastermind and then has left a mastermind and then come back to the mastermind. And so it’s perfectly fine. That’s the idea. We tell you guys to come here, use this forum to help get your business in a position where you can come join our paid trading our mastermind, where you can get even more Business Growth Training.
So yeah, the problem is that this forum is limited to an hour. So we have to get as many people as possible so that we can be fair. In the mastermind. However, you can go into our Facebook group, and ask as many questions as you want, as many times as you want. And all of us are in there, including Rob, answering the questions. Yeah. So that we’re not enough because that in and of itself, is is consider it enough because nobody, nobody else doing that nobody else is sitting there and taking the time to answer their membership questions, right? We do it.
Then what we decided to do is split the mastermind right into five different webinars. So each one of the members, it should be the founders has a webinar every other week. So what you’re getting is now it since it’s live, it’s five times the value because you’re getting different points of view. You, as a matter of fact, you can ask a question, whatever it is, and ask it to each one of the five members. And you’re going to get a different perspective. We were talking we were just talking about this yesterday. I come at it from math, and testing, and an SEO point of view, plus all of the experience that I’ve had in the last almost 17 years that I’ve been online, but Adam, you know, he has a background. he’s a physicist, I believe it correct me if I’m wrong.
So he has that analytical aspect to it, her Nan, and he does a lot of things with pay per click advertising. He also has a lot of experience with clients. He has a business background. He has his own perspective, you do a lot of local Bradley, and you have your own perspective. Chris has a coding background. He has his own perspective. So you’re going to get a whole lot more if you join the mastermind than you could ever get in here. Which is why this was set up yet. We can answer your questions in that 10,000-foot overview. But we can’t get technical with you. We can’t go and delve we can’t go look at your website. We can’t give you advice because we don’t have enough information. But we’ve set it up so that you can give us all of the information in the other places that we’ve set up for this to happen. So I think that if you’re not in the mastermind, that you’re needing all of this information, then you should definitely join them as well.
How To Rank For A Keyword And Its Synonyms?
so the first question was how to rank for a keyword and as synonyms which silo to use the post created as long-form dogs and puppies are the same. Okay. All right. So I think I talked about this last week when you because I believe this is a repost from last week because we didn’t get to them. But when it comes to how to rank for a keyword in a synonym, again, there’s a lot to that, right. We could spend the whole hour just talking about that specifically, but I’m just gonna point you to, but I’ve wanted in the past if you go into, In fact, let me just open a new tab, go to YouTube.com, okay. Search for semantic mastery. Or you could just go to youtube.com/semanticmastery, that’s fine. You can do that as well. Click through to our channel right there, use the channel search feature. Right there in search of silo structure. Okay, that’s all you need to search for a silo structure. There’s simple silo structure set up complex silo structure, set up those two videos, watch them, that’ll teach you how to set up silos on your website.
I prefer simple silos over complex silos any day of the week, because, well, there’s easier, they’re simple and easier to manage. But there are times where that makes it makes sense to have a complex silo. So I would go through that as a kind of foundation. To answer your question, as far as how does, how to rank a keyword in its synonyms, because that’s what silo structures are all about. You take the broadest of terms, and you put that at the top of the silo and then you take all the long tail versions and synonyms and such that are tightly within that particular keyword theme. And you use those as, as current as supporting articles. In other words, you optimize content that is supporting articles for those supporting keywords. you place them within that particular silo and then if you understand internal linking throughout the silo and how to do that correctly, then what happens is the entire keyword theme, the entire silo the category right? content silo creates, it creates buoyancy, right? Because all of those are interlinked correctly, it creates a theme that when the bots come and read it, they kind of understand what the theme of that is, what the topic is and what the theme of that particular content silo is. And it kind of helps all of the keywords within their within also all of the content within that silo to start to rise up in the search engines provided it was done correctly. So that’s kind of the whole point is to learn how to rank the primary keyword but also the synonyms and everything else by using solid structure. It’s very, very effective. And it’s it still works to this day. If anybody says it doesn’t, they’re crazy. So when it comes to that,
hopefully, that’ll answer your questions as far as that is concerned with. When it comes to the next question he says, Is syndicating to the branded properties a post with a few sentences and an anchor text of the synonym to the original money site post will give a boost to the synonym? No, not necessarily. I mean, it can but I don’t suggest syndicating short posts with just a couple of sentences because that’s thin content. It’s not going to have nearly as good an effect as if you have well-done content guys, content does matter. Believe it or not. So I was just talking about this in two x your agency training.
Recently, you know, we use curated content my bloggers do for all of my all projects, we use curated content as the content marketing strategy, which is part of the SEO strategy, right. So my, in the same type of train, the training that my bloggers have all gone through, to learn how to curate is Content Kingpin, it’s the same train like, it’s exactly how I learned how to do it years ago, I created a training course around it, which was originally to train virtual assistants to become bloggers for me. But then we turned it into a product, which you guys can purchase is called content kingpin. Anyways, that teaches you how to curate content. And it’s really set up to teach virtual assistants to do it so that you’re not doing it yourself. But that content is efficient to produce. It’s highly relevant. It creates co-citation because you’re linking to related and relevant content sources. And you are able to gather, collect and curate content from subject matter experts about whatever topic it is that you’re blogging about. So the bloggers you don’t have to be a subject matter expert and neither do your bloggers to be able to produce high-quality content about the subject because all they’re going to do.
The method about curating content is learning how to collect Gather, Gather relevant content from high authority sites or from subject matter experts, then organize it. And then create new blog posts where you’re trying to convey an idea or a theme or topic, you know, whatever you’re trying to convey an idea, but you’re using other people’s content to support or argue against that idea if that makes sense, depending on how you write the post. But it’s super powerful because it becomes a unique post its original content, even though you’re borrowing content from others. Because the way that you’re organizing it, it becomes a unique piece of content, a new original piece of content that has snippets of curated content, and it’s well done and it creates co-citation. So it’s super powerful for SEO. So that’s what I would recommend that you do and in the mastermind, again, we’re talking about in the mastermind. Since we split our mastermind webinars apart now and I’m doing my own separate webinars. For the next several months. I’m going to be working on building out an actual case study site for the members in the tree service industry covering exactly how we do this, including content marketing and targeting individual locations with posts. So we do what we call geo posts or location posts that are posts optimized for keywords within the silo that we’re trying to rank for as well as individual locations. But we do it all through curated blog posts. And it’s super, super powerful. That’s a much better way to do it. Because if you’re going to be publishing content to your branded network, you don’t want then blog posts that you’re using specifically just and only for the link back. That’s not the point. You want to build that relevancy, the topical and or location, relevancy through your content marketing. And the way you the way that the most efficient way to do that, in my opinion, is through content curation.
So now with that said, Yes, by linking back from a well written or well-curated piece of content that you’re going to syndicate out to your branded network, then yeah, when you’re linking back to the target pages on your site, right, the ones that you’re trying to rank, you’re using the blog to help rank those pages through the internal link of the blog post, then yeah, you want to vary your anchor text, you want to have diversity. So use those keywords within that same keyword set within that same silo use variations, longer tail versions, LSI keywords, synonyms, naked URLs, generics, brand, brand plus keyword, all of those can be used in different combinations to link back to the target URLs on your site that you’re trying to promote. Guys, even internal anchor text is important. Now, it used to be where I used to just hammer for internal links, so links within the same silo, for example, I’d use the same anchor text to link up to the service page over and over and over again, but even that now you’re better off using diverse like diversifying the anchor text. And again, Marco talks about this a lot. But you know, you want to also start building that brand name next to keywords so that you can start to create brand plus keyword association. And you can do that with content marketing and internal linking. So that’s something else that I would recommend. But yes, as far as to answer your question, I know that was long-winded. But I kind of wanted to, you know, first of all, make sure that you understand that publishing really thin content posts, just for the sake of the link isn’t effective at all. Right? Isn’t it just not helpful. So you’re better off producing better quality content, less of it if needed, but it will be weighted heavier by Google. And for that, when you’re linking back to the pages that you’re trying to promote on the site, yes, use a variety of keywords and different anchor text types, as opposed to just always keywords so that you can start to build a broader kind of picture of that keyword theme for Google if that makes sense. Do you want to comment on anybody?
Nope. Okay, moving on.
Why Do You Use Multiple Tier 1 Network For YouTube?
Why would you use multiple tier one networks for YouTube instead of just a single tier one and multiple tier twos?
because it doesn’t matter with YouTube, it doesn’t matter what configurations you use, you can. What I found was years ago, I haven’t done this test and at least three, probably four years now. But several years ago, I tested a YouTube channel that had multiple tier-one rings versus a YouTube channel that had the same number of total rings, but they were set up in two-tier structures. And what I’d found at that time when I did the testing, and I did extensively across multiple projects, but I found that the videos that would get syndicated out to the YouTube channel that only had, you know, let’s say, eight tier-one rings, let’s just use that as an example, which would be the same as to two-tier networks, right? Because a two-tier network through MGYB, the way that we build them is one branded ring and three persona rings. So it’s a total of four rings per two-tier network. So on the channel that I would have eight single tear rings, the video would rank faster than if I had submitted this similar video similar keywords to a channel that had two two-tier networks attached to it. So two single-tier rings with a total of six tier-two rings, if that makes sense, right? I would test it by uploading a video to either one and tracking the results. What happened was you and again, this was years ago, guys, I haven’t tested this in years. So I don’t know that it makes any difference at all now, but back then you’re the video that went out to just a single tier ring would typically rank faster. But it would also if no additional SEO work was done other than just syndicating it out to the network’s it would start to slip it would start to fall in rankings faster than the video that I would push through the two-tier networks which would be slower to rank but once it would rank it would stick longer if that makes sense. So anyway, that’s why I do it. It’s there’s probably I haven’t tested it in years. I don’t know if there’s any difference at all if one’s more effective than the other at all. Anything more. So it’s really just a matter of preference. I always prefer the two-tier network setups for YouTube channels. But you can do it however you see fit, right?
Why themed ring isn’t a branded ring? Can you give an example of this non-branded ring? Yeah, well, like if it’s Joe’s Tree Service is the company. But you can have a persona ring which would be like, I don’t know, john smith. And then you can have a themed ring, a topically themed ring or even a geographically themed syndication network if that makes it if you understand what I’m saying. So for example, if it’s, it shows Tree Service, there could be a john smith could be a persona ring, but then a theme during a topically themed rig can be a syndication network about gardening or landscaping, or home improvement for even for that matter, or a time that’s a topical themed topically themed network, a location the network could be a network about syndication network that’s optimized for Culpepper, Virginia because Joe’s tree services in Culpepper, Virginia. Is that clear? So, but it’s just a way that if you’re going to syndicate content to other networks, you don’t want them to only if, for blog syndication, you don’t want to continually syndicate content to other networks other than branded networks. If that’s the only content getting syndicated, you want to mix it up on the other networks, other than the branded networks, you’d want to have additional related relevant content on those networks, to where it’s not clearly being used to only promote your one brand. Okay.
All right, that was a lot. Moving on. How do you price the leads? That’s going to depend, you know, for Tree Service stuff, I usually do a when I’m pricing leads, I look at what the average cost per click value is for the top keywords that produce leads in Google ads. So I go into the Google Ads dashboard.
Use the keyword planner, take a look at what the cost per click the average cost per click is there. That will give you a range it will show you what your average, your minimum cost per click bid has to be on the first page at all for ads. But if you want to be in the top section or give you a low range and high range, and I always base mine off of whatever the high ranges, and then usually anywhere between two to three times the cost per click is what an average lead would be depending on it depends on the area. But you know for Tree Service leads like I often charge somewhere around $50 per lead. It depends on the area again but on average although I just recently took on a new the guy that I’m going to be building I mentioned this in the mastermind I’m going to be building a case study for a Tree Service contractor site that he gave me permission to use his project is part of my case study so that I can share it with my our students or members I should say and so I’m selling leads to him for 30 bucks. But that’s important because I’m getting to use it as a training opportunity. But my point is that yeah, I mean, you just really have to price it. It’s going to depend.
4I uses Google ads as a way to kind of determine the value for leads, but other people do it in other ways. Does anybody have a comment on that?
How Do You Rank A Local Franchise With Limited Access To Its National Corporate Website And GMB Page?
Now, moving on, Jeff says, Hey, guys, thanks for all the info and motivation you provide on a daily basis. My question is, I just landed a local franchisee for a national Corporation. They have zero access to the corporate website page and limited access to their GMB. Given these restrictions. What would be the best course of action to get their GMB moving upward? Follow the SEO SEO to move on any other recommendations have a spectacular week? Yeah, that that would be what I would do if you can’t do anything to the GMB itself really. And you have no access at all to their website. Then that’s all you can do is right is to push the off-page as much as possible and the SEO SEO to be absolutely where I’d start. And then from there, it would be a matter of, you know, you could use press releases for content marketing, you can almost use press releases as the blog really. So you could set up though, you know, an organization page and then press blog through the press, you know, through the press releases that can actually act as kind of like a blog because you get an RSS feed and everything from that. So you could use the actual press release, like if you’re using it through MGYB, or if you have your own subscription to Press Advantage, you could use the RSS feed from the organization page for that brand to actually feed the syndication network, right. And that way, you don’t even have to have a WordPress blog because you can use the press advantage for that matter for the blog essentially. Or you could always find you could always attempt to try to get a subdomain WordPress installation on for your franchisee site so that you have a blog that you can use for content marketing. But if you’re not going to do any of that stuff, then yeah, just stick with the off-page stuff and just hammer it
Does anybody want to comment on that one? Marco? I hear you trying.
Okay, his mic is not working. So try again Marco. Can you hear me? I can now? Yes. Yeah. Okay. Aside from using the Press Advantage that the media pays and using his present, he says he can also use the G site. You can build that out. Yeah, I use that. I use that for Legion and to push power into the GMB and into the client site. That works perfectly well. You have to remember that announcement pages when it’s like a blog post because when you do that, the announcement page will also have an RSS feed. Right? It’s so that so they carry that out so you can use that to populate so you can use both you use press releases, and your G site to populate your RSS feed, and to push into your syndication network. I mean, there are tons of ways that you can use all of these things. You either have to think outside the box or come join our mastermind, so that we can give you direction on how you would implement all of these different things. Right.
How Many Keywords Should You Use In An RYS Stack Order?
All right, Fitz is up. What’s up, Fitz? He says, Thanks for creating a space where he can get real-world answers that work. I ordered the keyword research, how many keywords should I use and my RYS stack order, if time allows, I’ll get to that next. Use it I mean, as many as you can, I think for the, our, I’m pretty sure for the drive stack order you want they want a minimum of, we want a minimum of 50 keywords, but more is better. So if you ordered the keyword research, just submit your primary, you know, content silo groups with your order.
You know, so that’s, that’s typically I usually what I typically do guys is because we’re looking for like 200 keywords for a link building order, that’s the recommended minimum to submit with a link building order, I always try to get the 200 keyword list developed before I order the drive stack or the SEO shield. Because that way I already have the keywords, I just submit those same 200 ish keywords for the drive stack build, and it’s going to be the same keywords that end up getting used in the link building orders too. So that’s just let you know that’s how I do it.
So if you have you know, just it more is better, as long as they’re relevant. That’s the point. Okay.
He said that but what we think is relevant may or may not be what Google thinks is relevant. Because we push anything and everything we can anything and everything we find that related to that keyword. That’s why we suggest ordering that the keyword research because we get hundreds of thousands of keywords from sem rush. A lot of times which we filter down like that they’ll get filtered down as to how many keywords as
As many as possible because your brand stack is going to create the brand plus location plus keyword Association if it’s local. And if it’s not, then it’s brand plus keyword. But it’s essential to associate that brand to as many keywords in the niche as possible. Because what we want to do at that point is hammer the bot with all of the keywords in the niche so that the bot, the bot completely understands what this is all about what that brand is about.
Yeah, and that’s what’s so great about it, guys. And I’m telling you, if you when you order, so fits when you order a drive stack, and you submit, let’s say 200 keywords versus 50. If you were to track two similar projects in Google Search Console, right after the drive stacks have been built, give it a few weeks for things to start getting picked up and all that by Google. You’ll see in Search Console, the end, then impressions. So the number of times that your site has appeared in search results, the top 10 pages of search results. For any given query, you’ll see that the drive stack the project, if you were to test these two things, because I’ve done it, you’ll see that the drive stack that had the 200 keywords versus the one that had 50 will start producing month over month, a much higher impression, growth of impression rate. In other words, you’ll see month over month, the Search Console, the number of impressions that the site has been exposed for increases rapidly compared to the one that only 50 it’ll increase what the one that only has 50 keywords, but not have that exponential growth was rapid growth as it does as the other one. And that’s one of the metrics that I use and reporting to clients guys, is I show them every single month a search console report for the last 28 days. It’s just a screenshot of the performance report inside of search console for the last 28 days and it shows a number of impressions, you know, average number of clicks the click-through rate, that kind of stuff, or a number of clicks and the average click-through rate and that kind of stuff. But I like to show because especially with newer projects as the drive stack starts to get, you know, starts to kick in and, you know, Google starts to crawl or identify more of the files, you’ll start seeing the impression rate start skyrocketing, and it’s in and that goes to show them that the brand is now being associated and given impressions for more and more keywords or search queries. And so that’s exactly what Marco is talking about there.
Okay.
Will There Be An NAP Issue If The Client’s YouTube Channel Name Is Different From Its Website?
All right. The next question was if time allows I have a client who has a different name on the YouTube channel than the website, the main site is an agency and YouTube is a luxury agency. The picture is consistent with other social media properties. Is that a problem? I mean, it only is if it’s causing any sort of any issues because YouTube is considered a citation if you either a video or a channel YouTube channel can be a powerful citation. Guys, if you put the name, address and phone number in the YouTube channel description, that becomes a pretty powerful citation video can do it too.
But you know, again, if you’re trying to keep NAP consistent, and it’s all of the other assets or data points for the NAP is the same except for the name, then I would change the YouTube channel name to match whatever the official agency name is and all of the other like whatever, whatever the Google My Business profile is, if it has one, if you’re not worried about NAP consistency issues, and don’t worry about it, okay, if it’s causing a problem, then I would update it. If it’s not, don’t worry about it.
What Data Should You Provide When Ordering The SEO Shield?
All right. Austin Dom What’s up buddy says I ordered my first SEO shield this morning. Whoo, cause for celebration, but I wanted to make sure I’m filling out the requirements correctly. Is there a video that goes oversupplying the correct data to assign supply keywords with geo modifiers and things like that or just tell them to fill the darn thing out? case overcomplicating? That’s a good question. We are going to be updating the SEO page with some additional information here very soon, guys, we just talked about it again yesterday on our corporate meeting, it is on the books to get updated so that it’ll make it easier for everybody to understand exactly what to order. But to answer your question, right now, Austin, or dawn, I should say, is no don’t include geo modifiers and less. So so the typical answer is the most common answer is No don’t include geo modifiers, because we’re trying to create keyword plus brand Association, not necessarily location Association, although, because the location Association comes if it’s for a local project, it’s going to come from the on-page and the NAP and all of the files and everything including name, address, and phone number and all of that. So the location relevancy is built through the on-page, but the off-page two, the link building and all of that, or do you supply keywords or geo modifiers Okay, I’m sorry.
For the SEO shield that’s not for link building, then that depends on what it is you’re trying to optimize for. So forgive me, for link building, I don’t usually include geo modifiers unless it’s I’m targeting a specific area in a very specific way, which I can’t get into here anyways, but for the RYS drive stack order. I usually don’t include geo modifiers, I usually just want to create the keyword plus brand Association. And so I submit the orders with the market level keywords. Market level keywords are not keywords with local modifiers it’s the product and or service keywords. So that’s typically how I build it. Then once because of the drive stack, the SEO, SEO becomes the main like entity.
You know, it’s to associate a keyword with the entity, the on the low location relevancy is through on-page and then once the original the initial stack is built, if I need to add like location silos within the stack, then I do that right. Do duplicate a folder, optimize it for a specific location, keywords plus locations. And then I’ll have that but the original drive stack is really just to associate the primary keyword with the brand. And then as Marco said as many market-level keywords with the brand as possible, but accomplished location targeting as internal folders in the drive stack and pages on the G site. Marco, how would you suggest you do it, we just updated the form. As a matter of fact, the for this very reason, because we want to know if it’s branded, or if it’s a keyword, we also want to know if it’s a location-based because if it is we do want that in the brand. Remember, if it’s not a location base, then all we want is the brand plus keyword Association. But if it’s local, right with the brand because then the brand becomes local, it’s focused in a geographic area.
Now the way that you do it, it’s fine. But the way that we suggest it is built right from the start of your brand plus location plus keyword Association. And yes, that means location plus brand keyword Association, and any combination there up, because we want that in that main folder. This way, when you separate it and you start keyword targeting, you start going after other market-level keywords, then what we do is, we go after that in there, we don’t need the location anymore, because we have the location with the brand. We’ve already created the association so there’s no need for that location. Now, having said that, what you said is perfectly fine. Do the location plus keyword, excuse me the brand plus keyword but then you’re going to need a location page, right to make up for the lack of location. When you first started the branded site is a brand that’s what we do in the beginning brand location plus keyword or brand plus keyword. So either way, you’re going to have to mention that geolocation. And if you’re going to do additional locations, you’re going to have to add those pages as you go.
Yeah. So just to be clear, for example, you know, most of my clients are service area businesses and they cover most of my clients cover a fairly large surface area. So all the drive stacks that I buy are for market-level keyboard, press play, and Association because I don’t want to optimize the primary stack for any one particular location. For example, for Tree Service client covers a five County area, then I don’t want to marry that brand with any one particular location. And so there’s no way to optimize for all five of those locations with that one drive stack without having location-based folders inside. So like location-based silos essentially inside so for me
The projects that I work on, I always do market-level keyword plus brand Association, then I optimize for locations as internal pages on the G site and or folders on the drive stack. That’s just the way that I do it. Because most of my clients have a service area that covers more than just one specific location or county or city for that matter. And so I don’t want to associate the brand with one specific area when they cover a broad area. So that’s just the way that I do it. But yeah, Marco.
That’s good if we have different, you know, types of drive stacks that you can select from now, so it’s going to make it easier for you guys when you order. And this the scenario that you’re talking about is different, right? It’s different than if we’re doing a DC plumber, for example, which is a brand in and of itself, and it’s targeting the plumbing niche, but unlike a storefront business, right, that’s exactly right. It’s one location and, but it’s serving customers at the location.
And in a service area that’s different than you then if you have multiple locations, if you have multiple locations, as I said, you’re going to have to have, are you going to need multiple location pages inside the G site and drive stack targeting those multiple locations? This is what I thought this question was one location if it’s one location, that you do that right with the initial brand. Yes. So then he says I’m in a heavy hitter club group, which is awesome. Should I join the mastermind group as well? Thanks. Well, to be clear, the heavy hitter group is the technical SEO group. Although SEO is also covered in the mastermind, the heavy SEO stuff is going to be the heavy hitters club. The semantic mastery mastermind is more about business growth and all things around you know building a business not just SEO anymore as it had been for so long.
You know, it’s all things marketing, all things business growth. So prospecting and sales and, you know, entity formation and all, you know, process development system. It’s a systemization or systematization. All of that, you know, outsourcing, delegating all of that kind of stuff. So it just depends on where you’re at Austin Dom with what it is that you need. I think everybody should have, you know, should be working on growing their business, but some people just want to focus on learning more about SEO. So it just depends on what it is that you need. I will, I will tell him definitely, definitely the mastermind. heavy hitter club is going to we’re going to be doing a whole lot of case studies from beginning to end, we’re gonna follow it through, we’re going to see what’s working, see what’s not we’re going to be testing. So we’re not going to give people theory, right? So what we’re going to do is we’re going to take the theory and carry it through from beginning to end to see if we can prove one way or the other. If the theory is sound. During that same time, I mean, it doesn’t matter the master mastermind continues. And it continues, as you said, with business growth, teaching PPC, client acquisition, just a whole lot more that’s involved now awesome. If you’re a business owner, or if you’re a business owner, and you’re thinking about doing both, I wouldn’t recommend that because you have a limited amount of time in which you can do all of these things and you will become a bottleneck in your business so that your business cannot grow. What you will need then is someone, a partner or a trusted VA, or whomever a PA, that you can assign to either the heavy hitter or the mastermind. So that you can get both because what you should be doing is you should be concentrating on going out there and growing your business I mean, you want to get known. You want to you want people to understand who you are, what it is that you do. You want to be out there contacting people you want to be getting in front of clients, closing clients, I don’t know, you want to trust that to somebody else because nobody knows your business better than you.
Now while you’re doing all of that, and while you’re concentrating on all of that, somebody else can be applying these technical SEO methods that we’re going to be going through in the heavy hitter club. And that frees you up, even more, to do whatever it is that you want to do. And in fact, you can have two people, one in the mastermind, one in the heavy hitter, or the same person in the mastermind and the heavy hitter. But I would say that you definitely need both. Because both of these together, as you’ve seen from what we teach, and from what we share here are deadly. Look at the last solutions that work that has both of the systems that have called them in some in mastermind, and in the heavy hitter apply to it. And so one without the other would not have work because it’s a
If what we’re building is an ecosystem where one feeds off the other and where we can give value to people in both.
There you go.
How Do You Move Photos Without Losing Their EXIF Data?
So Mohammed’s up next. Hey guys, what’s a good way to move photos without losing their EXIF data? I noticed that when a client of mine emailed these emails, me pictures they took on their phone, the location data disappears if the client is taking photos at all. I have them uploaded the Google listing through maps. However, I still try to use their geotagged photos and the GMB posts themselves. Though the exit data always disappears when I receive a photo by email text, meaning I gotta add Exif manually. Yeah, so what my clients do. Mohamad is I have my clients deposit photos into a Google Drive, excuse me, Google Photos folder, a shared photo album. So Google Photos shared photo album, so they take photos from their phones and they have their phone settings to where it auto backs them.
To the shared Google Photos album that my VA or my bloggers have access to so that they can just pluck images from the Google Photos folder, which still contains the Geo Data, the EXIF data. Okay. Yeah, because I’m pretty sure when you text images that it automatically strips the metadata out to make the file smaller. And I guess email service providers do the same thing. But when you send them into when you add them to the Google Photos folder that remains intact. So at least that’s the way we’ve been doing it.
Okay, so Google Photos folder is how all of my clients that provide photos, that’s how they provide them to my VAs.
Should You Change All Citations And Social Profiles First Before Changing A GMB Page Name?
A law says, Hello there a client really wants needs to change the name of his GMB. Should we change the name and all the citations and social profiles first to reduce the risk of a GMB getting banned? No, I would not I would never encourage that. Because what happens if you go through all that trouble and it does get banned anyways right then you just went through all that hassle and trouble. Not only that, but it often takes a long time to get, you know, some directories you got to reach out to multiple times to get them to update the listings if they will at all. So you’re better off just changing the name and the GMB and hoping that what I have found though is and I don’t know that this makes any difference at all but in recent talking about this in the mastermind, but I’ve had, I’ve had to change several GMBs I lost a Tree Service contractor recently that was I’ve got several GMBs that I need to read I need to find well I found another Tree Service contractor to take the leads. So I’ve got to rebrand all of them and what I’ve been able to rebrand two out of three so far without any issues. What I’ve done though, first is if it’s connected to a website or whatever, then I make sure the GMB is if the name of the business has been changed and it’s connected the GMB is connected to a website, then I go change all the information on the website first and update the JSON LD the structured data. first, before I update the GMB. Then I update the GMB but that’s just the website and then the GMB okay. And I haven’t had, again, knock on wood. Over the last week, I’ve updated completely rebranded two out of three GMB assets that I needed to find another contractor for, and I haven’t had any issues whatsoever. And that’s how I’ve done it. Now, I’m not saying that you won’t experience a suspension, it could happen. I don’t work for Google. But that’s the way that I do it is if the GMB is connected to a self-hosted website, make sure that is completely updated first, including the JSON LD if you have structured data, which all of you should make sure the structured data is marked is edited, updated first and then update and again. I don’t know that that has any effect, except that I’ve done that twice in the last week.
I haven’t experienced any issues. Okay. Then you go about getting the citations updated that are already published on the web only after you’ve successfully updated your GMB.
Okay. Five o'clock let guys we got to go. Sorry, we didn’t get to all the questions if you didn’t, if you want us to answer the question guys, and they didn’t get answered, either posts them for next week or post them in the free Facebook group and we’ll try to get to them over there. Thanks, everybody, for being here. See you guys.
Bye, everyone.
Weekly Digital Marketing Q&A – Hump Day Hangouts – Episode 278 posted first on http://beyondvapepage.blogspot.com
0 notes
Text
Weekly Digital Marketing Q&A – Hump Day Hangouts – Episode 278
youtube
Click on the video above to watch Episode 278 of the Semantic Mastery Hump Day Hangouts.
Full timestamps with topics and times can be found at the link above.
The latest upcoming free SEO Q&A Hump Day Hangout can be found at http://semanticmastery.com/humpday.
Announcement
Cool. Let’s get ready to rumble Whoa, hey, this is Episode 278 of Hump Day Hangouts and bring in a little bit more energy today. I’ve been sitting working focused all morning. So I realized I need to bring it since we’re going live. So with that said, we are going to jump into it pretty quick here. We’re going to say hi to everybody. We’ve got some announcements for everyone and then we’re going to hop in and start answering questions. If you want your questions answered, remember go to semanticmastery.com/HDquestion stays the same. You can go there every week. So if you’re checking us out on YouTube, make sure you go there to get your questions answered. So with that said, I’ll start at the bottom today. I’m going to mix things up. Hernan, how are you doing? You look like you’re looking at the floor.
Hernan: Oh man, on the spot, I’m doing good and then well, stormy day today so my connection might not hold but other than that really good. Really excited to be here.
Adam: Sounds good. All right, man. Well, hopefully, people have been checking out your videos. I know I see your videos because we work together. We do a lot of stuff together. But I’ve been using even more videos from you. So I don’t know maybe sometimes what have you talked about how you generate so much content?
We’re cranking up the content machine and also how it’s getting us leads because we did a small training for the inbound prospecting for 2xyouragency. And I’m putting that to the test, stress testing it every day, and it’s liberating. It’s pretty good.
Adam: Awesome. Good stuff. Marco, how are you doing? You’re looking a little bit different today. What’s going on here?
Marco: I’m just celebrating the 34th championship of the team that I’m a fan of in Argentina, not Hernan’s team of course. He has a sucky team. He’s a fan of. But anyway, I root for the underdog, I guess. Yeah, whatever. I like winners but as you can see, Groundhog Day and celebration. I have my beer ready. I made an executive decision. This is a drinking Hump Day Hangout. So now join me.
And if you don’t guys, you want to avoid viruses and all that bullshit. Drink more beer. Keesha healthy tears well here’s what the water has a beer. I’m gonna head out for a run after this. So I’ve had some bad experiences with beer and running so and if it doesn’t keep you healthy, it’ll make you feel better anyway. Like, enjoy the way out. So, alright, so look at that again. See, I kept telling us so for about five years I kept saying how beautiful it was. Beautiful. It was warm and sunny, warm and sunny, warm and sunny, warm and rainy. Now you can get a look get a good book, because I’m going to turn it off because too much sun is bad for you guys.
Well, we’ll go away from the sunshine cuz I know it’s night but Chris. How are you doing man? Yeah, doing good. Like the weather is excellent. I think we had 19 degrees Celsius today so summer is definitely on this March here obviously you can’t see it it’s night so I’ll take your word for it yeah you could be maybe you just move to your apartment somewhere else but yeah we’ll assume it’s nighttime and the most leading the gym pretty hard at the moment as long as they still let me.
Fair enough. Are you waiting
good deal and last but not least Bradley How you doing today? I’m peachy.
Alright, I like it. I’m just gonna roll with them Bradley’s good to go. So I’m going to loop back around to something Hernan said he was talking about 2xyouragency. If you haven’t heard about that yet, it’s basically if you’re an agency owner or even a consultant, if you want to get more clients, if you want to grow your revenue per client, want to scale your team. That is where you should go and join us 2xyouragency.com that’s where you can find out more about it and come join us for those have you who are joining us looking for step by step processes for your SEO, everything from new websites, age domains, YouTube channels, whatever it is, go check out the Battle Plan at battleplan.semanticmastery.com.
In that same vein, we keep telling people and it’s for a very good reason, which I won’t go into here, except saving time making sure you’re working on the higher level stuff. We advise people to get it done for you, whether that means hiring a VA, starting to build your own team or leveraging mgyb.co. Right going getting syndication networks made, press releases, link building, whatever it is you need done doing that so that you can grow your business right, you got to spend the time working on your pipeline processes and growing. So head on over to mgyb.co to find out about that as well. Subscribers, get some good perks and then that’s all I’m gonna say about that, but you got to be a subscriber.
And last but not least on my end, I want to tell everyone about POFU Live. You can see the current count of tickets remaining. It is decreasing if you go over to pofulive.com it’s going to be last weekend in September 2020 in Boston, Massachusetts. So we’re going to be meeting up there. We’re going to have a VIP day on that Friday. We’re going to meet up and have a lot of fun get together with everybody. I’m not sure quite yet what we’re going to do. But let’s see the first year we did a brewery tasting, took a bus around a bunch of different breweries. We had a lot of fun with that at dinner together. Then last year, we went and raced go karts. Some of us actually raced the go karts. Some people drove around it like five miles an hour and scared us I’m not gonna name names, but it was a lot of fun. We got guest speakers coming in. And we’ve got a lot of knowledge both for us to share to you but also for you to share between each other. So it’s a great environment for that. Like I said, it’s gonna be over the last weekend in September. So go check it out at pofulive.com, limited number of tickets when they’re gone. They are gone.
With that said, Guys, anything else we need to cover before we dive into questions today? Yeah, but what happens if Corona virus hits in Boston in September, man just TBD. We’ll Yeah, we’re gonna have to wait and see so drink Modelo Corona virus is still here, right? Yeah that said I will say if people buy tickets, you know and it is canceled that you know we’ll work something out we’re not gonna just keep all your money and say Tough luck. We’ll work something out but I would imagine as time gets closer we’ll understand what’s going on much better. Does anybody else tired of the media overblown, this coronavirus ship because I feel like
Unknown Speaker 6:34 there’s a mass hysteria that’s being generated by the media because honestly, I don’t think that it’s any more you know, bad often like the typical flu but it’s just non stop coverage and everybody’s freaking out about it. So anyways, well, they shut down the borders typically mean Yeah, I know. I land borders. I don’t know. Maybe cuz I don’t know anybody that’s been hit by but anyways. Alright, so we didn’t get any other way. I do some questions and focus on helping these people out.
Unknown Speaker 7:00 I did get the training done for the last week of the two x your results training for the two extra agency that I just finished recording that today. So it should be in the members area by the end of the week. Just to let you guys know next week we start the two x your business which is about scaling and growth. So next on the homestretch. Let’s go. All right, let me grab the screen and we’ll get into questions.
Okay.
How Does A Social Fortress Type Of Links Work Out With SEO Shield?
All right. So it looks like I don’t know if these were answered last week or not. I’ll start there. Uh, he says if you already have social fortress type of links, how does that work out if I ordered a shield? I don’t know. Social fortress type of links. I guess that’s like a syndication network or something. I’m not exactly sure what that is. But since I don’t know what that is, I don’t know how that integrates with the shield. But I guarantee you it’s not a shield, shield. So I would say just get it. You can’t hurt your entity with an SEO shoot, I can tell you that as long as it’s built correctly.
So I would say order one. No, Matt, I don’t know, I’m not sure what social fortress links are. But I can guarantee you they’re not doing with the not the same thing that the SEO shield does. They might not implement it, though very well, which would in that case, you would actually want to include the social fortress links, I’m assuming profile URLs and such into the actual SEO shield built. Right so that you’re kind of interlinking all of those properties together. I’m just wondering if someone copy Canada’s already. SEO shield is brand new, but I wouldn’t be surprised if someone had knocked it off already. Yeah, that’s not it. If you go to the question above that we didn’t answer that.
Unknown Speaker 8:51 Okay. I do remember this guy from last week. He says how much money will be needed for a complete project like that? I don’t know which project were we talking about? We were talking about about how simple not easy. It was how we would set up the SEO shield, not the fortune, our SEO shield. And then after that, we would do the press releases the link building embeds link building, watch how everything settles and then just do adjust right as we go. Because we could always have it add depth and breadth to the G drive site, do something that keyword-oriented instead of branding and so the answer is that as the top-level, SEO power shield is only 375 bucks. Link Building. I don’t know if you get that the top.
The top one, a couple of hundred bucks. Some press releases five press releases what 500 bucks on top. I’ve said it was about 1200 bucks, but we’re talking about investing time. Hundred bucks on the niche, not 1200 bucks to see if you can compete in the niche. It’s literally to go after the big boys that that’s what you need. And then you’re maybe a little bit more because you’re going to need to do monthly link building monthly embeds, you’re going to need to expand that dry stack writer to isolate those keywords are the tougher ones, because you will find that some keywords are tougher than others. So they might need a little bit more action. But that’s what we’re talking about.
How much are you gonna pay for a website? I know websites that can cost upwards of $100,000 average in I think Miami’s $15,000. For a website, we talked about 1500 bucks for the niche figure, think about doing the numbers, do the math. And you’ll see that it’s totally worth investing. If you want to just start with the SEO shield and some link building to see what it does. I mean that that’s on a five 600 bucks, and then you’re gonna know, after 21 days when the Google that settles where everything is and just how much more you’re going to need to get after it. I can tell you that local is a whole lot easier except for some of the higher-end niches right if you’re going after cosmetic surgeon in Beverly Hills, of course, that’s going to take a little bit more.
I’ll go back to my friend in what was the Toronto Vancouver run after DUI attorney in one of the biggest cities in Canada is going to take a little bit more but really you know, if you work if local if you’re working in conjunction with that GMB and you’re applying local GMB pro methods, it I call that a two for one special because you’re approaching that from from from from two different ways. But you’re adding power to that entity you’re adding so much more value to your entity making it more trusted, authoritative in the niche, much more so than anybody else. And if you go deeper into that, which we recommend, which is adding schema, and adding individual paid schema ending, and adding video schema, author, anything that you can on the page so that you can direct the bot exactly where you want the bot to go. And then at the unstructured data level, you can actually structure it through skip navigation links, jump links column like what you want. There are so many ways that you can get even more power out of this you can do more and build more so that it’s a win.
Yeah, are you going to take over nothing if you’re going to take over your niche and it sounds easy? No. We spent years literally in the lab coming up with this formula so that we can give it to you guys and make it simple for you guys to order so that you can get results. By no means is that easy. Because I can tell you that I spent hundreds of hours working on the weekends to put all of this shit together. So it wasn’t as if it’s just okay you by I push the button, and I came up with this idea and all of a sudden, boom, there it is there’s no magic pill, it’s hard work, but we tried to do is all of the hard work for you ahead of time, so that you don’t have to.
Yeah, cuz there’s still a lot that goes into that. But that the trying to try to discover the methods, that’s where that’s an enormous amount of time. So even though once the methods been discovered, and refined, it still takes a lot of effort and time to be able to implement unless you buy them done for you services, which is what we keep encouraging you to do. But you can imagine trying to try to identify that method or develop that method is really where the vast majority of Time goes. So you know when when
When you say it can’t be that that easy or that simple, it really is simple. It didn’t say it was easy. That doesn’t mean that there’s not a lot of complexity to putting it together in the proper order and everything else. But it really is. It’s a formula as Marco just said, it’s, it’s literally a formula you plug in, you know, you, you put all the pieces together in the right order. And then it’s just a matter of there are some variables, but it’s a matter of like link building and events, for example, how much do you need to push to get the desired result. But other than that, it’s the same process over and over again. So it becomes like a repeatable process, which is really the key and that’s the whole point is, I can’t tell you how many times we’ve talked to people in the mastermind or, you know, that have become members or, you know, followers or whatever.
In the mastermind, we often have calls with, you know, new members, to talk with them and find out about their business and one of the things that we hear often is that people have a hard time getting reliable results, repeatable results. In other words, they might have five projects out there, one or two of them are doing really well. But the other ones aren’t doing so well. And they don’t know what they did on the ones that are doing so well to get them to work, like to produce results. And that that becomes an issue, how can you have confidence in pitching your services and selling your services to clients and prospects and that sort of thing, if you’re never really sure that you can get the results, right. So that’s kind of the point is that we develop these methods, because over and over and over again, time and again, we’re able to achieve results, and virtually, you know, no competition. And what I mean by that is, in almost any every situation, it’s just a matter of how much we put into the actual process to get results. Like, sometimes it’s easy, and it happens very quickly. Sometimes it requires a lot more. But in any case, it’s the same process, right? So that we can always know with certainty with confidence that we’re going to be able to get results in a particular industry, the timeframe is all that is really adjustable. Right? And again, a client if we’re in a competitive industry, and that is going to require more than it just requires, if somebody wants it done like results in the same amount of time that a less competitive industry would get, that’s fine. We can still do it. It just requires more budget because we need to throw more at it. Does that make sense? So again, it���s just a, it becomes a repeatable process. There are some variables, but those are all.
Unknown Speaker 16:26 You know, they can be calculated, basically. So that’s why I love this method. Because even I didn’t have a repeatable method that I would use over and over and over again until the last couple of years. And now it’s really unfair because we know we can win no matter what, right?
Do you want to comment on that, Marco, before I move on?
No, no, that’s a good question. By the way, it was.
How Long Do The Links From Press Releases Last?
Alright, so he says, How long do links from press releases last? It depends. It depends on the publication that they’re published. Sometimes some, some of them, it’s 30 days, some of its 90 days, some of them are 180 days, some of them it’s indefinite, meaning they don’t purge at all. So it just depends. So it really depends. That’s why press releases aren’t something that it’s not, it’s not usually a one and done thing. It’s something that you should be doing consistently. Even if it’s just once a month, you know, the idea is to, once you start doing them is to continue doing them. For all most of my clients, at the very least, they’re getting one every two weeks. But most for all clients that I’ve taken on recently and new on on incoming clients, I do one press release per week, that’s just part of my monthly services. So they’re paying for that, right that’s part of it. But you know, some clients might even want to per week, it just depends on how aggressive they need to be. But the point is, is that once you start doing them as long as you’re doing them fairly consistently, then you won’t ever have to worry about when the links drop off because there’ll be no ones behind. Okay. By the way, go check out local PR pro we talk about how to extend that even more.
Alright, so the next question is first is not really a question. It’s kind of response because Bibi asked a bunch of questions last week, and so he was explaining himself here or she. So anyways, says, hey guys, just to note that, of course, nobody here disrespects the other members, I saw that nobody was asking questions. So I filled it up, feel free to answer other people’s questions when I blast off. I need the questions to be written so I can clear it from my head. And then it won’t bug me I get that. So I appreciate the explanation and no problem at all.
He says I know that also about me asking a lot of questions. I know this is the case right now and I won’t get the answers right away and not all of them at once because I’m not in the mastermind and I have to wait for a week. I’m on the path to one k a month. I’ve started the RSS masher and have another lead gen project and promoting.
Let’s see how it goes. Maybe in the future. Who knows. Yeah, well that’s the idea is to come here.
You know Mohammed who I think he has to quit? Yeah, of course, he did. There’s Mohammed right there. He’s been one that has come and asked questions and implemented, you know, what he learns, and then has come and joined the mastermind and then has left a mastermind and then come back to the mastermind. And so it’s perfectly fine. That’s the idea. We tell you guys to come here, use this forum to help get your business in a position where you can come join our paid trading our mastermind, where you can get even more Business Growth Training.
So yeah, the problem is that this forum is limited to an hour. So we have to get as many people as possible so that we can be fair. In the mastermind. However, you can go into our Facebook group, and ask as many questions as you want, as many times as you want. And all of us are in there, including Rob, answering the questions. Yeah. So that we’re not enough because that in and of itself, is is consider it enough because nobody, nobody else doing that nobody else is sitting there and taking the time to answer their membership questions, right? We do it.
Then what we decided to do is split the mastermind right into five different webinars. So each one of the members, it should be the founders has a webinar every other week. So what you’re getting is now it since it’s live, it’s five times the value because you’re getting different points of view. You, as a matter of fact, you can ask a question, whatever it is, and ask it to each one of the five members. And you’re going to get a different perspective. We were talking we were just talking about this yesterday. I come at it from math, and testing, and an SEO point of view, plus all of the experience that I’ve had in the last almost 17 years that I’ve been online, but Adam, you know, he has a background. he’s a physicist, I believe it correct me if I’m wrong.
So he has that analytical aspect to it, her Nan, and he does a lot of things with pay per click advertising. He also has a lot of experience with clients. He has a business background. He has his own perspective, you do a lot of local Bradley, and you have your own perspective. Chris has a coding background. He has his own perspective. So you’re going to get a whole lot more if you join the mastermind than you could ever get in here. Which is why this was set up yet. We can answer your questions in that 10,000-foot overview. But we can’t get technical with you. We can’t go and delve we can’t go look at your website. We can’t give you advice because we don’t have enough information. But we’ve set it up so that you can give us all of the information in the other places that we’ve set up for this to happen. So I think that if you’re not in the mastermind, that you’re needing all of this information, then you should definitely join them as well.
How To Rank For A Keyword And Its Synonyms?
so the first question was how to rank for a keyword and as synonyms which silo to use the post created as long-form dogs and puppies are the same. Okay. All right. So I think I talked about this last week when you because I believe this is a repost from last week because we didn’t get to them. But when it comes to how to rank for a keyword in a synonym, again, there’s a lot to that, right. We could spend the whole hour just talking about that specifically, but I’m just gonna point you to, but I’ve wanted in the past if you go into, In fact, let me just open a new tab, go to YouTube.com, okay. Search for semantic mastery. Or you could just go to youtube.com/semanticmastery, that’s fine. You can do that as well. Click through to our channel right there, use the channel search feature. Right there in search of silo structure. Okay, that’s all you need to search for a silo structure. There’s simple silo structure set up complex silo structure, set up those two videos, watch them, that’ll teach you how to set up silos on your website.
I prefer simple silos over complex silos any day of the week, because, well, there’s easier, they’re simple and easier to manage. But there are times where that makes it makes sense to have a complex silo. So I would go through that as a kind of foundation. To answer your question, as far as how does, how to rank a keyword in its synonyms, because that’s what silo structures are all about. You take the broadest of terms, and you put that at the top of the silo and then you take all the long tail versions and synonyms and such that are tightly within that particular keyword theme. And you use those as, as current as supporting articles. In other words, you optimize content that is supporting articles for those supporting keywords. you place them within that particular silo and then if you understand internal linking throughout the silo and how to do that correctly, then what happens is the entire keyword theme, the entire silo the category right? content silo creates, it creates buoyancy, right? Because all of those are interlinked correctly, it creates a theme that when the bots come and read it, they kind of understand what the theme of that is, what the topic is and what the theme of that particular content silo is. And it kind of helps all of the keywords within their within also all of the content within that silo to start to rise up in the search engines provided it was done correctly. So that’s kind of the whole point is to learn how to rank the primary keyword but also the synonyms and everything else by using solid structure. It’s very, very effective. And it’s it still works to this day. If anybody says it doesn’t, they’re crazy. So when it comes to that,
hopefully, that’ll answer your questions as far as that is concerned with. When it comes to the next question he says, Is syndicating to the branded properties a post with a few sentences and an anchor text of the synonym to the original money site post will give a boost to the synonym? No, not necessarily. I mean, it can but I don’t suggest syndicating short posts with just a couple of sentences because that’s thin content. It’s not going to have nearly as good an effect as if you have well-done content guys, content does matter. Believe it or not. So I was just talking about this in two x your agency training.
Recently, you know, we use curated content my bloggers do for all of my all projects, we use curated content as the content marketing strategy, which is part of the SEO strategy, right. So my, in the same type of train, the training that my bloggers have all gone through, to learn how to curate is Content Kingpin, it’s the same train like, it’s exactly how I learned how to do it years ago, I created a training course around it, which was originally to train virtual assistants to become bloggers for me. But then we turned it into a product, which you guys can purchase is called content kingpin. Anyways, that teaches you how to curate content. And it’s really set up to teach virtual assistants to do it so that you’re not doing it yourself. But that content is efficient to produce. It’s highly relevant. It creates co-citation because you’re linking to related and relevant content sources. And you are able to gather, collect and curate content from subject matter experts about whatever topic it is that you’re blogging about. So the bloggers you don’t have to be a subject matter expert and neither do your bloggers to be able to produce high-quality content about the subject because all they’re going to do.
The method about curating content is learning how to collect Gather, Gather relevant content from high authority sites or from subject matter experts, then organize it. And then create new blog posts where you’re trying to convey an idea or a theme or topic, you know, whatever you’re trying to convey an idea, but you’re using other people’s content to support or argue against that idea if that makes sense, depending on how you write the post. But it’s super powerful because it becomes a unique post its original content, even though you’re borrowing content from others. Because the way that you’re organizing it, it becomes a unique piece of content, a new original piece of content that has snippets of curated content, and it’s well done and it creates co-citation. So it’s super powerful for SEO. So that’s what I would recommend that you do and in the mastermind, again, we’re talking about in the mastermind. Since we split our mastermind webinars apart now and I’m doing my own separate webinars. For the next several months. I’m going to be working on building out an actual case study site for the members in the tree service industry covering exactly how we do this, including content marketing and targeting individual locations with posts. So we do what we call geo posts or location posts that are posts optimized for keywords within the silo that we’re trying to rank for as well as individual locations. But we do it all through curated blog posts. And it’s super, super powerful. That’s a much better way to do it. Because if you’re going to be publishing content to your branded network, you don’t want then blog posts that you’re using specifically just and only for the link back. That’s not the point. You want to build that relevancy, the topical and or location, relevancy through your content marketing. And the way you the way that the most efficient way to do that, in my opinion, is through content curation.
So now with that said, Yes, by linking back from a well written or well-curated piece of content that you’re going to syndicate out to your branded network, then yeah, when you’re linking back to the target pages on your site, right, the ones that you’re trying to rank, you’re using the blog to help rank those pages through the internal link of the blog post, then yeah, you want to vary your anchor text, you want to have diversity. So use those keywords within that same keyword set within that same silo use variations, longer tail versions, LSI keywords, synonyms, naked URLs, generics, brand, brand plus keyword, all of those can be used in different combinations to link back to the target URLs on your site that you’re trying to promote. Guys, even internal anchor text is important. Now, it used to be where I used to just hammer for internal links, so links within the same silo, for example, I’d use the same anchor text to link up to the service page over and over and over again, but even that now you’re better off using diverse like diversifying the anchor text. And again, Marco talks about this a lot. But you know, you want to also start building that brand name next to keywords so that you can start to create brand plus keyword association. And you can do that with content marketing and internal linking. So that’s something else that I would recommend. But yes, as far as to answer your question, I know that was long-winded. But I kind of wanted to, you know, first of all, make sure that you understand that publishing really thin content posts, just for the sake of the link isn’t effective at all. Right? Isn’t it just not helpful. So you’re better off producing better quality content, less of it if needed, but it will be weighted heavier by Google. And for that, when you’re linking back to the pages that you’re trying to promote on the site, yes, use a variety of keywords and different anchor text types, as opposed to just always keywords so that you can start to build a broader kind of picture of that keyword theme for Google if that makes sense. Do you want to comment on anybody?
Nope. Okay, moving on.
Why Do You Use Multiple Tier 1 Network For YouTube?
Why would you use multiple tier one networks for YouTube instead of just a single tier one and multiple tier twos?
because it doesn’t matter with YouTube, it doesn’t matter what configurations you use, you can. What I found was years ago, I haven’t done this test and at least three, probably four years now. But several years ago, I tested a YouTube channel that had multiple tier-one rings versus a YouTube channel that had the same number of total rings, but they were set up in two-tier structures. And what I’d found at that time when I did the testing, and I did extensively across multiple projects, but I found that the videos that would get syndicated out to the YouTube channel that only had, you know, let’s say, eight tier-one rings, let’s just use that as an example, which would be the same as to two-tier networks, right? Because a two-tier network through MGYB, the way that we build them is one branded ring and three persona rings. So it’s a total of four rings per two-tier network. So on the channel that I would have eight single tear rings, the video would rank faster than if I had submitted this similar video similar keywords to a channel that had two two-tier networks attached to it. So two single-tier rings with a total of six tier-two rings, if that makes sense, right? I would test it by uploading a video to either one and tracking the results. What happened was you and again, this was years ago, guys, I haven’t tested this in years. So I don’t know that it makes any difference at all now, but back then you’re the video that went out to just a single tier ring would typically rank faster. But it would also if no additional SEO work was done other than just syndicating it out to the network’s it would start to slip it would start to fall in rankings faster than the video that I would push through the two-tier networks which would be slower to rank but once it would rank it would stick longer if that makes sense. So anyway, that’s why I do it. It’s there’s probably I haven’t tested it in years. I don’t know if there’s any difference at all if one’s more effective than the other at all. Anything more. So it’s really just a matter of preference. I always prefer the two-tier network setups for YouTube channels. But you can do it however you see fit, right?
Why themed ring isn’t a branded ring? Can you give an example of this non-branded ring? Yeah, well, like if it’s Joe’s Tree Service is the company. But you can have a persona ring which would be like, I don’t know, john smith. And then you can have a themed ring, a topically themed ring or even a geographically themed syndication network if that makes it if you understand what I’m saying. So for example, if it’s, it shows Tree Service, there could be a john smith could be a persona ring, but then a theme during a topically themed rig can be a syndication network about gardening or landscaping, or home improvement for even for that matter, or a time that’s a topical themed topically themed network, a location the network could be a network about syndication network that’s optimized for Culpepper, Virginia because Joe’s tree services in Culpepper, Virginia. Is that clear? So, but it’s just a way that if you’re going to syndicate content to other networks, you don’t want them to only if, for blog syndication, you don’t want to continually syndicate content to other networks other than branded networks. If that’s the only content getting syndicated, you want to mix it up on the other networks, other than the branded networks, you’d want to have additional related relevant content on those networks, to where it’s not clearly being used to only promote your one brand. Okay.
All right, that was a lot. Moving on. How do you price the leads? That’s going to depend, you know, for Tree Service stuff, I usually do a when I’m pricing leads, I look at what the average cost per click value is for the top keywords that produce leads in Google ads. So I go into the Google Ads dashboard.
Use the keyword planner, take a look at what the cost per click the average cost per click is there. That will give you a range it will show you what your average, your minimum cost per click bid has to be on the first page at all for ads. But if you want to be in the top section or give you a low range and high range, and I always base mine off of whatever the high ranges, and then usually anywhere between two to three times the cost per click is what an average lead would be depending on it depends on the area. But you know for Tree Service leads like I often charge somewhere around $50 per lead. It depends on the area again but on average although I just recently took on a new the guy that I’m going to be building I mentioned this in the mastermind I’m going to be building a case study for a Tree Service contractor site that he gave me permission to use his project is part of my case study so that I can share it with my our students or members I should say and so I’m selling leads to him for 30 bucks. But that’s important because I’m getting to use it as a training opportunity. But my point is that yeah, I mean, you just really have to price it. It’s going to depend.
4I uses Google ads as a way to kind of determine the value for leads, but other people do it in other ways. Does anybody have a comment on that?
How Do You Rank A Local Franchise With Limited Access To Its National Corporate Website And GMB Page?
Now, moving on, Jeff says, Hey, guys, thanks for all the info and motivation you provide on a daily basis. My question is, I just landed a local franchisee for a national Corporation. They have zero access to the corporate website page and limited access to their GMB. Given these restrictions. What would be the best course of action to get their GMB moving upward? Follow the SEO SEO to move on any other recommendations have a spectacular week? Yeah, that that would be what I would do if you can’t do anything to the GMB itself really. And you have no access at all to their website. Then that’s all you can do is right is to push the off-page as much as possible and the SEO SEO to be absolutely where I’d start. And then from there, it would be a matter of, you know, you could use press releases for content marketing, you can almost use press releases as the blog really. So you could set up though, you know, an organization page and then press blog through the press, you know, through the press releases that can actually act as kind of like a blog because you get an RSS feed and everything from that. So you could use the actual press release, like if you’re using it through MGYB, or if you have your own subscription to Press Advantage, you could use the RSS feed from the organization page for that brand to actually feed the syndication network, right. And that way, you don’t even have to have a WordPress blog because you can use the press advantage for that matter for the blog essentially. Or you could always find you could always attempt to try to get a subdomain WordPress installation on for your franchisee site so that you have a blog that you can use for content marketing. But if you’re not going to do any of that stuff, then yeah, just stick with the off-page stuff and just hammer it
Does anybody want to comment on that one? Marco? I hear you trying.
Okay, his mic is not working. So try again Marco. Can you hear me? I can now? Yes. Yeah. Okay. Aside from using the Press Advantage that the media pays and using his present, he says he can also use the G site. You can build that out. Yeah, I use that. I use that for Legion and to push power into the GMB and into the client site. That works perfectly well. You have to remember that announcement pages when it’s like a blog post because when you do that, the announcement page will also have an RSS feed. Right? It’s so that so they carry that out so you can use that to populate so you can use both you use press releases, and your G site to populate your RSS feed, and to push into your syndication network. I mean, there are tons of ways that you can use all of these things. You either have to think outside the box or come join our mastermind, so that we can give you direction on how you would implement all of these different things. Right.
How Many Keywords Should You Use In An RYS Stack Order?
All right, Fitz is up. What’s up, Fitz? He says, Thanks for creating a space where he can get real-world answers that work. I ordered the keyword research, how many keywords should I use and my RYS stack order, if time allows, I’ll get to that next. Use it I mean, as many as you can, I think for the, our, I’m pretty sure for the drive stack order you want they want a minimum of, we want a minimum of 50 keywords, but more is better. So if you ordered the keyword research, just submit your primary, you know, content silo groups with your order.
You know, so that’s, that’s typically I usually what I typically do guys is because we’re looking for like 200 keywords for a link building order, that’s the recommended minimum to submit with a link building order, I always try to get the 200 keyword list developed before I order the drive stack or the SEO shield. Because that way I already have the keywords, I just submit those same 200 ish keywords for the drive stack build, and it’s going to be the same keywords that end up getting used in the link building orders too. So that’s just let you know that’s how I do it.
So if you have you know, just it more is better, as long as they’re relevant. That’s the point. Okay.
He said that but what we think is relevant may or may not be what Google thinks is relevant. Because we push anything and everything we can anything and everything we find that related to that keyword. That’s why we suggest ordering that the keyword research because we get hundreds of thousands of keywords from sem rush. A lot of times which we filter down like that they’ll get filtered down as to how many keywords as
As many as possible because your brand stack is going to create the brand plus location plus keyword Association if it’s local. And if it’s not, then it’s brand plus keyword. But it’s essential to associate that brand to as many keywords in the niche as possible. Because what we want to do at that point is hammer the bot with all of the keywords in the niche so that the bot, the bot completely understands what this is all about what that brand is about.
Yeah, and that’s what’s so great about it, guys. And I’m telling you, if you when you order, so fits when you order a drive stack, and you submit, let’s say 200 keywords versus 50. If you were to track two similar projects in Google Search Console, right after the drive stacks have been built, give it a few weeks for things to start getting picked up and all that by Google. You’ll see in Search Console, the end, then impressions. So the number of times that your site has appeared in search results, the top 10 pages of search results. For any given query, you’ll see that the drive stack the project, if you were to test these two things, because I’ve done it, you’ll see that the drive stack that had the 200 keywords versus the one that had 50 will start producing month over month, a much higher impression, growth of impression rate. In other words, you’ll see month over month, the Search Console, the number of impressions that the site has been exposed for increases rapidly compared to the one that only 50 it’ll increase what the one that only has 50 keywords, but not have that exponential growth was rapid growth as it does as the other one. And that’s one of the metrics that I use and reporting to clients guys, is I show them every single month a search console report for the last 28 days. It’s just a screenshot of the performance report inside of search console for the last 28 days and it shows a number of impressions, you know, average number of clicks the click-through rate, that kind of stuff, or a number of clicks and the average click-through rate and that kind of stuff. But I like to show because especially with newer projects as the drive stack starts to get, you know, starts to kick in and, you know, Google starts to crawl or identify more of the files, you’ll start seeing the impression rate start skyrocketing, and it’s in and that goes to show them that the brand is now being associated and given impressions for more and more keywords or search queries. And so that’s exactly what Marco is talking about there.
Okay.
Will There Be An NAP Issue If The Client’s YouTube Channel Name Is Different From Its Website?
All right. The next question was if time allows I have a client who has a different name on the YouTube channel than the website, the main site is an agency and YouTube is a luxury agency. The picture is consistent with other social media properties. Is that a problem? I mean, it only is if it’s causing any sort of any issues because YouTube is considered a citation if you either a video or a channel YouTube channel can be a powerful citation. Guys, if you put the name, address and phone number in the YouTube channel description, that becomes a pretty powerful citation video can do it too.
But you know, again, if you’re trying to keep NAP consistent, and it’s all of the other assets or data points for the NAP is the same except for the name, then I would change the YouTube channel name to match whatever the official agency name is and all of the other like whatever, whatever the Google My Business profile is, if it has one, if you’re not worried about NAP consistency issues, and don’t worry about it, okay, if it’s causing a problem, then I would update it. If it’s not, don’t worry about it.
What Data Should You Provide When Ordering The SEO Shield?
All right. Austin Dom What’s up buddy says I ordered my first SEO shield this morning. Whoo, cause for celebration, but I wanted to make sure I’m filling out the requirements correctly. Is there a video that goes oversupplying the correct data to assign supply keywords with geo modifiers and things like that or just tell them to fill the darn thing out? case overcomplicating? That’s a good question. We are going to be updating the SEO page with some additional information here very soon, guys, we just talked about it again yesterday on our corporate meeting, it is on the books to get updated so that it’ll make it easier for everybody to understand exactly what to order. But to answer your question, right now, Austin, or dawn, I should say, is no don’t include geo modifiers and less. So so the typical answer is the most common answer is No don’t include geo modifiers, because we’re trying to create keyword plus brand Association, not necessarily location Association, although, because the location Association comes if it’s for a local project, it’s going to come from the on-page and the NAP and all of the files and everything including name, address, and phone number and all of that. So the location relevancy is built through the on-page, but the off-page two, the link building and all of that, or do you supply keywords or geo modifiers Okay, I’m sorry.
For the SEO shield that’s not for link building, then that depends on what it is you’re trying to optimize for. So forgive me, for link building, I don’t usually include geo modifiers unless it’s I’m targeting a specific area in a very specific way, which I can’t get into here anyways, but for the RYS drive stack order. I usually don’t include geo modifiers, I usually just want to create the keyword plus brand Association. And so I submit the orders with the market level keywords. Market level keywords are not keywords with local modifiers it’s the product and or service keywords. So that’s typically how I build it. Then once because of the drive stack, the SEO, SEO becomes the main like entity.
You know, it’s to associate a keyword with the entity, the on the low location relevancy is through on-page and then once the original the initial stack is built, if I need to add like location silos within the stack, then I do that right. Do duplicate a folder, optimize it for a specific location, keywords plus locations. And then I’ll have that but the original drive stack is really just to associate the primary keyword with the brand. And then as Marco said as many market-level keywords with the brand as possible, but accomplished location targeting as internal folders in the drive stack and pages on the G site. Marco, how would you suggest you do it, we just updated the form. As a matter of fact, the for this very reason, because we want to know if it’s branded, or if it’s a keyword, we also want to know if it’s a location-based because if it is we do want that in the brand. Remember, if it’s not a location base, then all we want is the brand plus keyword Association. But if it’s local, right with the brand because then the brand becomes local, it’s focused in a geographic area.
Now the way that you do it, it’s fine. But the way that we suggest it is built right from the start of your brand plus location plus keyword Association. And yes, that means location plus brand keyword Association, and any combination there up, because we want that in that main folder. This way, when you separate it and you start keyword targeting, you start going after other market-level keywords, then what we do is, we go after that in there, we don’t need the location anymore, because we have the location with the brand. We’ve already created the association so there’s no need for that location. Now, having said that, what you said is perfectly fine. Do the location plus keyword, excuse me the brand plus keyword but then you’re going to need a location page, right to make up for the lack of location. When you first started the branded site is a brand that’s what we do in the beginning brand location plus keyword or brand plus keyword. So either way, you’re going to have to mention that geolocation. And if you’re going to do additional locations, you’re going to have to add those pages as you go.
Yeah. So just to be clear, for example, you know, most of my clients are service area businesses and they cover most of my clients cover a fairly large surface area. So all the drive stacks that I buy are for market-level keyboard, press play, and Association because I don’t want to optimize the primary stack for any one particular location. For example, for Tree Service client covers a five County area, then I don’t want to marry that brand with any one particular location. And so there’s no way to optimize for all five of those locations with that one drive stack without having location-based folders inside. So like location-based silos essentially inside so for me
The projects that I work on, I always do market-level keyword plus brand Association, then I optimize for locations as internal pages on the G site and or folders on the drive stack. That’s just the way that I do it. Because most of my clients have a service area that covers more than just one specific location or county or city for that matter. And so I don’t want to associate the brand with one specific area when they cover a broad area. So that’s just the way that I do it. But yeah, Marco.
That’s good if we have different, you know, types of drive stacks that you can select from now, so it’s going to make it easier for you guys when you order. And this the scenario that you’re talking about is different, right? It’s different than if we’re doing a DC plumber, for example, which is a brand in and of itself, and it’s targeting the plumbing niche, but unlike a storefront business, right, that’s exactly right. It’s one location and, but it’s serving customers at the location.
And in a service area that’s different than you then if you have multiple locations, if you have multiple locations, as I said, you’re going to have to have, are you going to need multiple location pages inside the G site and drive stack targeting those multiple locations? This is what I thought this question was one location if it’s one location, that you do that right with the initial brand. Yes. So then he says I’m in a heavy hitter club group, which is awesome. Should I join the mastermind group as well? Thanks. Well, to be clear, the heavy hitter group is the technical SEO group. Although SEO is also covered in the mastermind, the heavy SEO stuff is going to be the heavy hitters club. The semantic mastery mastermind is more about business growth and all things around you know building a business not just SEO anymore as it had been for so long.
You know, it’s all things marketing, all things business growth. So prospecting and sales and, you know, entity formation and all, you know, process development system. It’s a systemization or systematization. All of that, you know, outsourcing, delegating all of that kind of stuff. So it just depends on where you’re at Austin Dom with what it is that you need. I think everybody should have, you know, should be working on growing their business, but some people just want to focus on learning more about SEO. So it just depends on what it is that you need. I will, I will tell him definitely, definitely the mastermind. heavy hitter club is going to we’re going to be doing a whole lot of case studies from beginning to end, we’re gonna follow it through, we’re going to see what’s working, see what’s not we’re going to be testing. So we’re not going to give people theory, right? So what we’re going to do is we’re going to take the theory and carry it through from beginning to end to see if we can prove one way or the other. If the theory is sound. During that same time, I mean, it doesn’t matter the master mastermind continues. And it continues, as you said, with business growth, teaching PPC, client acquisition, just a whole lot more that’s involved now awesome. If you’re a business owner, or if you’re a business owner, and you’re thinking about doing both, I wouldn’t recommend that because you have a limited amount of time in which you can do all of these things and you will become a bottleneck in your business so that your business cannot grow. What you will need then is someone, a partner or a trusted VA, or whomever a PA, that you can assign to either the heavy hitter or the mastermind. So that you can get both because what you should be doing is you should be concentrating on going out there and growing your business I mean, you want to get known. You want to you want people to understand who you are, what it is that you do. You want to be out there contacting people you want to be getting in front of clients, closing clients, I don’t know, you want to trust that to somebody else because nobody knows your business better than you.
Now while you’re doing all of that, and while you’re concentrating on all of that, somebody else can be applying these technical SEO methods that we’re going to be going through in the heavy hitter club. And that frees you up, even more, to do whatever it is that you want to do. And in fact, you can have two people, one in the mastermind, one in the heavy hitter, or the same person in the mastermind and the heavy hitter. But I would say that you definitely need both. Because both of these together, as you’ve seen from what we teach, and from what we share here are deadly. Look at the last solutions that work that has both of the systems that have called them in some in mastermind, and in the heavy hitter apply to it. And so one without the other would not have work because it’s a
If what we’re building is an ecosystem where one feeds off the other and where we can give value to people in both.
There you go.
How Do You Move Photos Without Losing Their EXIF Data?
So Mohammed’s up next. Hey guys, what’s a good way to move photos without losing their EXIF data? I noticed that when a client of mine emailed these emails, me pictures they took on their phone, the location data disappears if the client is taking photos at all. I have them uploaded the Google listing through maps. However, I still try to use their geotagged photos and the GMB posts themselves. Though the exit data always disappears when I receive a photo by email text, meaning I gotta add Exif manually. Yeah, so what my clients do. Mohamad is I have my clients deposit photos into a Google Drive, excuse me, Google Photos folder, a shared photo album. So Google Photos shared photo album, so they take photos from their phones and they have their phone settings to where it auto backs them.
To the shared Google Photos album that my VA or my bloggers have access to so that they can just pluck images from the Google Photos folder, which still contains the Geo Data, the EXIF data. Okay. Yeah, because I’m pretty sure when you text images that it automatically strips the metadata out to make the file smaller. And I guess email service providers do the same thing. But when you send them into when you add them to the Google Photos folder that remains intact. So at least that’s the way we’ve been doing it.
Okay, so Google Photos folder is how all of my clients that provide photos, that’s how they provide them to my VAs.
Should You Change All Citations And Social Profiles First Before Changing A GMB Page Name?
A law says, Hello there a client really wants needs to change the name of his GMB. Should we change the name and all the citations and social profiles first to reduce the risk of a GMB getting banned? No, I would not I would never encourage that. Because what happens if you go through all that trouble and it does get banned anyways right then you just went through all that hassle and trouble. Not only that, but it often takes a long time to get, you know, some directories you got to reach out to multiple times to get them to update the listings if they will at all. So you’re better off just changing the name and the GMB and hoping that what I have found though is and I don’t know that this makes any difference at all but in recent talking about this in the mastermind, but I’ve had, I’ve had to change several GMBs I lost a Tree Service contractor recently that was I’ve got several GMBs that I need to read I need to find well I found another Tree Service contractor to take the leads. So I’ve got to rebrand all of them and what I’ve been able to rebrand two out of three so far without any issues. What I’ve done though, first is if it’s connected to a website or whatever, then I make sure the GMB is if the name of the business has been changed and it’s connected the GMB is connected to a website, then I go change all the information on the website first and update the JSON LD the structured data. first, before I update the GMB. Then I update the GMB but that’s just the website and then the GMB okay. And I haven’t had, again, knock on wood. Over the last week, I’ve updated completely rebranded two out of three GMB assets that I needed to find another contractor for, and I haven’t had any issues whatsoever. And that’s how I’ve done it. Now, I’m not saying that you won’t experience a suspension, it could happen. I don’t work for Google. But that’s the way that I do it is if the GMB is connected to a self-hosted website, make sure that is completely updated first, including the JSON LD if you have structured data, which all of you should make sure the structured data is marked is edited, updated first and then update and again. I don’t know that that has any effect, except that I’ve done that twice in the last week.
I haven’t experienced any issues. Okay. Then you go about getting the citations updated that are already published on the web only after you’ve successfully updated your GMB.
Okay. Five o'clock let guys we got to go. Sorry, we didn’t get to all the questions if you didn’t, if you want us to answer the question guys, and they didn’t get answered, either posts them for next week or post them in the free Facebook group and we’ll try to get to them over there. Thanks, everybody, for being here. See you guys.
Bye, everyone.
Weekly Digital Marketing Q&A – Hump Day Hangouts – Episode 278 published first on your-t1-blog-url https://ift.tt/1WMpNvB March 13, 2020 at 06:24PM Semantic Mastery https://ift.tt/2YeHIxM
0 notes
Text
Weekly Digital Marketing Q&A – Hump Day Hangouts – Episode 278
youtube
Click on the video above to watch Episode 278 of the Semantic Mastery Hump Day Hangouts.
Full timestamps with topics and times can be found at the link above.
The latest upcoming free SEO Q&A Hump Day Hangout can be found at http://semanticmastery.com/humpday.
Announcement
Cool. Let’s get ready to rumble Whoa, hey, this is Episode 278 of Hump Day Hangouts and bring in a little bit more energy today. I’ve been sitting working focused all morning. So I realized I need to bring it since we’re going live. So with that said, we are going to jump into it pretty quick here. We’re going to say hi to everybody. We’ve got some announcements for everyone and then we’re going to hop in and start answering questions. If you want your questions answered, remember go to semanticmastery.com/HDquestion stays the same. You can go there every week. So if you’re checking us out on YouTube, make sure you go there to get your questions answered. So with that said, I’ll start at the bottom today. I’m going to mix things up. Hernan, how are you doing? You look like you’re looking at the floor.
Hernan: Oh man, on the spot, I’m doing good and then well, stormy day today so my connection might not hold but other than that really good. Really excited to be here.
Adam: Sounds good. All right, man. Well, hopefully, people have been checking out your videos. I know I see your videos because we work together. We do a lot of stuff together. But I’ve been using even more videos from you. So I don’t know maybe sometimes what have you talked about how you generate so much content?
We’re cranking up the content machine and also how it’s getting us leads because we did a small training for the inbound prospecting for 2xyouragency. And I’m putting that to the test, stress testing it every day, and it’s liberating. It’s pretty good.
Adam: Awesome. Good stuff. Marco, how are you doing? You’re looking a little bit different today. What’s going on here?
Marco: I’m just celebrating the 34th championship of the team that I’m a fan of in Argentina, not Hernan’s team of course. He has a sucky team. He’s a fan of. But anyway, I root for the underdog, I guess. Yeah, whatever. I like winners but as you can see, Groundhog Day and celebration. I have my beer ready. I made an executive decision. This is a drinking Hump Day Hangout. So now join me.
And if you don’t guys, you want to avoid viruses and all that bullshit. Drink more beer. Keesha healthy tears well here’s what the water has a beer. I’m gonna head out for a run after this. So I’ve had some bad experiences with beer and running so and if it doesn’t keep you healthy, it’ll make you feel better anyway. Like, enjoy the way out. So, alright, so look at that again. See, I kept telling us so for about five years I kept saying how beautiful it was. Beautiful. It was warm and sunny, warm and sunny, warm and sunny, warm and rainy. Now you can get a look get a good book, because I’m going to turn it off because too much sun is bad for you guys.
Well, we’ll go away from the sunshine cuz I know it’s night but Chris. How are you doing man? Yeah, doing good. Like the weather is excellent. I think we had 19 degrees Celsius today so summer is definitely on this March here obviously you can’t see it it’s night so I’ll take your word for it yeah you could be maybe you just move to your apartment somewhere else but yeah we’ll assume it’s nighttime and the most leading the gym pretty hard at the moment as long as they still let me.
Fair enough. Are you waiting
good deal and last but not least Bradley How you doing today? I’m peachy.
Alright, I like it. I’m just gonna roll with them Bradley’s good to go. So I’m going to loop back around to something Hernan said he was talking about 2xyouragency. If you haven’t heard about that yet, it’s basically if you’re an agency owner or even a consultant, if you want to get more clients, if you want to grow your revenue per client, want to scale your team. That is where you should go and join us 2xyouragency.com that’s where you can find out more about it and come join us for those have you who are joining us looking for step by step processes for your SEO, everything from new websites, age domains, YouTube channels, whatever it is, go check out the Battle Plan at battleplan.semanticmastery.com.
In that same vein, we keep telling people and it’s for a very good reason, which I won’t go into here, except saving time making sure you’re working on the higher level stuff. We advise people to get it done for you, whether that means hiring a VA, starting to build your own team or leveraging mgyb.co. Right going getting syndication networks made, press releases, link building, whatever it is you need done doing that so that you can grow your business right, you got to spend the time working on your pipeline processes and growing. So head on over to mgyb.co to find out about that as well. Subscribers, get some good perks and then that’s all I’m gonna say about that, but you got to be a subscriber.
And last but not least on my end, I want to tell everyone about POFU Live. You can see the current count of tickets remaining. It is decreasing if you go over to pofulive.com it’s going to be last weekend in September 2020 in Boston, Massachusetts. So we’re going to be meeting up there. We’re going to have a VIP day on that Friday. We’re going to meet up and have a lot of fun get together with everybody. I’m not sure quite yet what we’re going to do. But let’s see the first year we did a brewery tasting, took a bus around a bunch of different breweries. We had a lot of fun with that at dinner together. Then last year, we went and raced go karts. Some of us actually raced the go karts. Some people drove around it like five miles an hour and scared us I’m not gonna name names, but it was a lot of fun. We got guest speakers coming in. And we’ve got a lot of knowledge both for us to share to you but also for you to share between each other. So it’s a great environment for that. Like I said, it’s gonna be over the last weekend in September. So go check it out at pofulive.com, limited number of tickets when they’re gone. They are gone.
With that said, Guys, anything else we need to cover before we dive into questions today? Yeah, but what happens if Corona virus hits in Boston in September, man just TBD. We’ll Yeah, we’re gonna have to wait and see so drink Modelo Corona virus is still here, right? Yeah that said I will say if people buy tickets, you know and it is canceled that you know we’ll work something out we’re not gonna just keep all your money and say Tough luck. We’ll work something out but I would imagine as time gets closer we’ll understand what’s going on much better. Does anybody else tired of the media overblown, this coronavirus ship because I feel like
Unknown Speaker 6:34 there’s a mass hysteria that’s being generated by the media because honestly, I don’t think that it’s any more you know, bad often like the typical flu but it’s just non stop coverage and everybody’s freaking out about it. So anyways, well, they shut down the borders typically mean Yeah, I know. I land borders. I don’t know. Maybe cuz I don’t know anybody that’s been hit by but anyways. Alright, so we didn’t get any other way. I do some questions and focus on helping these people out.
Unknown Speaker 7:00 I did get the training done for the last week of the two x your results training for the two extra agency that I just finished recording that today. So it should be in the members area by the end of the week. Just to let you guys know next week we start the two x your business which is about scaling and growth. So next on the homestretch. Let’s go. All right, let me grab the screen and we’ll get into questions.
Okay.
How Does A Social Fortress Type Of Links Work Out With SEO Shield?
All right. So it looks like I don’t know if these were answered last week or not. I’ll start there. Uh, he says if you already have social fortress type of links, how does that work out if I ordered a shield? I don’t know. Social fortress type of links. I guess that’s like a syndication network or something. I’m not exactly sure what that is. But since I don’t know what that is, I don’t know how that integrates with the shield. But I guarantee you it’s not a shield, shield. So I would say just get it. You can’t hurt your entity with an SEO shoot, I can tell you that as long as it’s built correctly.
So I would say order one. No, Matt, I don’t know, I’m not sure what social fortress links are. But I can guarantee you they’re not doing with the not the same thing that the SEO shield does. They might not implement it, though very well, which would in that case, you would actually want to include the social fortress links, I’m assuming profile URLs and such into the actual SEO shield built. Right so that you’re kind of interlinking all of those properties together. I’m just wondering if someone copy Canada’s already. SEO shield is brand new, but I wouldn’t be surprised if someone had knocked it off already. Yeah, that’s not it. If you go to the question above that we didn’t answer that.
Unknown Speaker 8:51 Okay. I do remember this guy from last week. He says how much money will be needed for a complete project like that? I don’t know which project were we talking about? We were talking about about how simple not easy. It was how we would set up the SEO shield, not the fortune, our SEO shield. And then after that, we would do the press releases the link building embeds link building, watch how everything settles and then just do adjust right as we go. Because we could always have it add depth and breadth to the G drive site, do something that keyword-oriented instead of branding and so the answer is that as the top-level, SEO power shield is only 375 bucks. Link Building. I don’t know if you get that the top.
The top one, a couple of hundred bucks. Some press releases five press releases what 500 bucks on top. I’ve said it was about 1200 bucks, but we’re talking about investing time. Hundred bucks on the niche, not 1200 bucks to see if you can compete in the niche. It’s literally to go after the big boys that that’s what you need. And then you’re maybe a little bit more because you’re going to need to do monthly link building monthly embeds, you’re going to need to expand that dry stack writer to isolate those keywords are the tougher ones, because you will find that some keywords are tougher than others. So they might need a little bit more action. But that’s what we’re talking about.
How much are you gonna pay for a website? I know websites that can cost upwards of $100,000 average in I think Miami’s $15,000. For a website, we talked about 1500 bucks for the niche figure, think about doing the numbers, do the math. And you’ll see that it’s totally worth investing. If you want to just start with the SEO shield and some link building to see what it does. I mean that that’s on a five 600 bucks, and then you’re gonna know, after 21 days when the Google that settles where everything is and just how much more you’re going to need to get after it. I can tell you that local is a whole lot easier except for some of the higher-end niches right if you’re going after cosmetic surgeon in Beverly Hills, of course, that’s going to take a little bit more.
I’ll go back to my friend in what was the Toronto Vancouver run after DUI attorney in one of the biggest cities in Canada is going to take a little bit more but really you know, if you work if local if you’re working in conjunction with that GMB and you’re applying local GMB pro methods, it I call that a two for one special because you’re approaching that from from from from two different ways. But you’re adding power to that entity you’re adding so much more value to your entity making it more trusted, authoritative in the niche, much more so than anybody else. And if you go deeper into that, which we recommend, which is adding schema, and adding individual paid schema ending, and adding video schema, author, anything that you can on the page so that you can direct the bot exactly where you want the bot to go. And then at the unstructured data level, you can actually structure it through skip navigation links, jump links column like what you want. There are so many ways that you can get even more power out of this you can do more and build more so that it’s a win.
Yeah, are you going to take over nothing if you’re going to take over your niche and it sounds easy? No. We spent years literally in the lab coming up with this formula so that we can give it to you guys and make it simple for you guys to order so that you can get results. By no means is that easy. Because I can tell you that I spent hundreds of hours working on the weekends to put all of this shit together. So it wasn’t as if it’s just okay you by I push the button, and I came up with this idea and all of a sudden, boom, there it is there’s no magic pill, it’s hard work, but we tried to do is all of the hard work for you ahead of time, so that you don’t have to.
Yeah, cuz there’s still a lot that goes into that. But that the trying to try to discover the methods, that’s where that’s an enormous amount of time. So even though once the methods been discovered, and refined, it still takes a lot of effort and time to be able to implement unless you buy them done for you services, which is what we keep encouraging you to do. But you can imagine trying to try to identify that method or develop that method is really where the vast majority of Time goes. So you know when when
When you say it can’t be that that easy or that simple, it really is simple. It didn’t say it was easy. That doesn’t mean that there’s not a lot of complexity to putting it together in the proper order and everything else. But it really is. It’s a formula as Marco just said, it’s, it’s literally a formula you plug in, you know, you, you put all the pieces together in the right order. And then it’s just a matter of there are some variables, but it’s a matter of like link building and events, for example, how much do you need to push to get the desired result. But other than that, it’s the same process over and over again. So it becomes like a repeatable process, which is really the key and that’s the whole point is, I can’t tell you how many times we’ve talked to people in the mastermind or, you know, that have become members or, you know, followers or whatever.
In the mastermind, we often have calls with, you know, new members, to talk with them and find out about their business and one of the things that we hear often is that people have a hard time getting reliable results, repeatable results. In other words, they might have five projects out there, one or two of them are doing really well. But the other ones aren’t doing so well. And they don’t know what they did on the ones that are doing so well to get them to work, like to produce results. And that that becomes an issue, how can you have confidence in pitching your services and selling your services to clients and prospects and that sort of thing, if you’re never really sure that you can get the results, right. So that’s kind of the point is that we develop these methods, because over and over and over again, time and again, we’re able to achieve results, and virtually, you know, no competition. And what I mean by that is, in almost any every situation, it’s just a matter of how much we put into the actual process to get results. Like, sometimes it’s easy, and it happens very quickly. Sometimes it requires a lot more. But in any case, it’s the same process, right? So that we can always know with certainty with confidence that we’re going to be able to get results in a particular industry, the timeframe is all that is really adjustable. Right? And again, a client if we’re in a competitive industry, and that is going to require more than it just requires, if somebody wants it done like results in the same amount of time that a less competitive industry would get, that’s fine. We can still do it. It just requires more budget because we need to throw more at it. Does that make sense? So again, it’s just a, it becomes a repeatable process. There are some variables, but those are all.
Unknown Speaker 16:26 You know, they can be calculated, basically. So that’s why I love this method. Because even I didn’t have a repeatable method that I would use over and over and over again until the last couple of years. And now it’s really unfair because we know we can win no matter what, right?
Do you want to comment on that, Marco, before I move on?
No, no, that’s a good question. By the way, it was.
How Long Do The Links From Press Releases Last?
Alright, so he says, How long do links from press releases last? It depends. It depends on the publication that they’re published. Sometimes some, some of them, it’s 30 days, some of its 90 days, some of them are 180 days, some of them it’s indefinite, meaning they don’t purge at all. So it just depends. So it really depends. That’s why press releases aren’t something that it’s not, it’s not usually a one and done thing. It’s something that you should be doing consistently. Even if it’s just once a month, you know, the idea is to, once you start doing them is to continue doing them. For all most of my clients, at the very least, they’re getting one every two weeks. But most for all clients that I’ve taken on recently and new on on incoming clients, I do one press release per week, that’s just part of my monthly services. So they’re paying for that, right that’s part of it. But you know, some clients might even want to per week, it just depends on how aggressive they need to be. But the point is, is that once you start doing them as long as you’re doing them fairly consistently, then you won’t ever have to worry about when the links drop off because there’ll be no ones behind. Okay. By the way, go check out local PR pro we talk about how to extend that even more.
Alright, so the next question is first is not really a question. It’s kind of response because Bibi asked a bunch of questions last week, and so he was explaining himself here or she. So anyways, says, hey guys, just to note that, of course, nobody here disrespects the other members, I saw that nobody was asking questions. So I filled it up, feel free to answer other people’s questions when I blast off. I need the questions to be written so I can clear it from my head. And then it won’t bug me I get that. So I appreciate the explanation and no problem at all.
He says I know that also about me asking a lot of questions. I know this is the case right now and I won’t get the answers right away and not all of them at once because I’m not in the mastermind and I have to wait for a week. I’m on the path to one k a month. I’ve started the RSS masher and have another lead gen project and promoting.
Let’s see how it goes. Maybe in the future. Who knows. Yeah, well that’s the idea is to come here.
You know Mohammed who I think he has to quit? Yeah, of course, he did. There’s Mohammed right there. He’s been one that has come and asked questions and implemented, you know, what he learns, and then has come and joined the mastermind and then has left a mastermind and then come back to the mastermind. And so it’s perfectly fine. That’s the idea. We tell you guys to come here, use this forum to help get your business in a position where you can come join our paid trading our mastermind, where you can get even more Business Growth Training.
So yeah, the problem is that this forum is limited to an hour. So we have to get as many people as possible so that we can be fair. In the mastermind. However, you can go into our Facebook group, and ask as many questions as you want, as many times as you want. And all of us are in there, including Rob, answering the questions. Yeah. So that we’re not enough because that in and of itself, is is consider it enough because nobody, nobody else doing that nobody else is sitting there and taking the time to answer their membership questions, right? We do it.
Then what we decided to do is split the mastermind right into five different webinars. So each one of the members, it should be the founders has a webinar every other week. So what you’re getting is now it since it’s live, it’s five times the value because you’re getting different points of view. You, as a matter of fact, you can ask a question, whatever it is, and ask it to each one of the five members. And you’re going to get a different perspective. We were talking we were just talking about this yesterday. I come at it from math, and testing, and an SEO point of view, plus all of the experience that I’ve had in the last almost 17 years that I’ve been online, but Adam, you know, he has a background. he’s a physicist, I believe it correct me if I’m wrong.
So he has that analytical aspect to it, her Nan, and he does a lot of things with pay per click advertising. He also has a lot of experience with clients. He has a business background. He has his own perspective, you do a lot of local Bradley, and you have your own perspective. Chris has a coding background. He has his own perspective. So you’re going to get a whole lot more if you join the mastermind than you could ever get in here. Which is why this was set up yet. We can answer your questions in that 10,000-foot overview. But we can’t get technical with you. We can’t go and delve we can’t go look at your website. We can’t give you advice because we don’t have enough information. But we’ve set it up so that you can give us all of the information in the other places that we’ve set up for this to happen. So I think that if you’re not in the mastermind, that you’re needing all of this information, then you should definitely join them as well.
How To Rank For A Keyword And Its Synonyms?
so the first question was how to rank for a keyword and as synonyms which silo to use the post created as long-form dogs and puppies are the same. Okay. All right. So I think I talked about this last week when you because I believe this is a repost from last week because we didn’t get to them. But when it comes to how to rank for a keyword in a synonym, again, there’s a lot to that, right. We could spend the whole hour just talking about that specifically, but I’m just gonna point you to, but I’ve wanted in the past if you go into, In fact, let me just open a new tab, go to YouTube.com, okay. Search for semantic mastery. Or you could just go to youtube.com/semanticmastery, that’s fine. You can do that as well. Click through to our channel right there, use the channel search feature. Right there in search of silo structure. Okay, that’s all you need to search for a silo structure. There’s simple silo structure set up complex silo structure, set up those two videos, watch them, that’ll teach you how to set up silos on your website.
I prefer simple silos over complex silos any day of the week, because, well, there’s easier, they’re simple and easier to manage. But there are times where that makes it makes sense to have a complex silo. So I would go through that as a kind of foundation. To answer your question, as far as how does, how to rank a keyword in its synonyms, because that’s what silo structures are all about. You take the broadest of terms, and you put that at the top of the silo and then you take all the long tail versions and synonyms and such that are tightly within that particular keyword theme. And you use those as, as current as supporting articles. In other words, you optimize content that is supporting articles for those supporting keywords. you place them within that particular silo and then if you understand internal linking throughout the silo and how to do that correctly, then what happens is the entire keyword theme, the entire silo the category right? content silo creates, it creates buoyancy, right? Because all of those are interlinked correctly, it creates a theme that when the bots come and read it, they kind of understand what the theme of that is, what the topic is and what the theme of that particular content silo is. And it kind of helps all of the keywords within their within also all of the content within that silo to start to rise up in the search engines provided it was done correctly. So that’s kind of the whole point is to learn how to rank the primary keyword but also the synonyms and everything else by using solid structure. It’s very, very effective. And it’s it still works to this day. If anybody says it doesn’t, they’re crazy. So when it comes to that,
hopefully, that’ll answer your questions as far as that is concerned with. When it comes to the next question he says, Is syndicating to the branded properties a post with a few sentences and an anchor text of the synonym to the original money site post will give a boost to the synonym? No, not necessarily. I mean, it can but I don’t suggest syndicating short posts with just a couple of sentences because that’s thin content. It’s not going to have nearly as good an effect as if you have well-done content guys, content does matter. Believe it or not. So I was just talking about this in two x your agency training.
Recently, you know, we use curated content my bloggers do for all of my all projects, we use curated content as the content marketing strategy, which is part of the SEO strategy, right. So my, in the same type of train, the training that my bloggers have all gone through, to learn how to curate is Content Kingpin, it’s the same train like, it’s exactly how I learned how to do it years ago, I created a training course around it, which was originally to train virtual assistants to become bloggers for me. But then we turned it into a product, which you guys can purchase is called content kingpin. Anyways, that teaches you how to curate content. And it’s really set up to teach virtual assistants to do it so that you’re not doing it yourself. But that content is efficient to produce. It’s highly relevant. It creates co-citation because you’re linking to related and relevant content sources. And you are able to gather, collect and curate content from subject matter experts about whatever topic it is that you’re blogging about. So the bloggers you don’t have to be a subject matter expert and neither do your bloggers to be able to produce high-quality content about the subject because all they’re going to do.
The method about curating content is learning how to collect Gather, Gather relevant content from high authority sites or from subject matter experts, then organize it. And then create new blog posts where you’re trying to convey an idea or a theme or topic, you know, whatever you’re trying to convey an idea, but you’re using other people’s content to support or argue against that idea if that makes sense, depending on how you write the post. But it’s super powerful because it becomes a unique post its original content, even though you’re borrowing content from others. Because the way that you’re organizing it, it becomes a unique piece of content, a new original piece of content that has snippets of curated content, and it’s well done and it creates co-citation. So it’s super powerful for SEO. So that’s what I would recommend that you do and in the mastermind, again, we’re talking about in the mastermind. Since we split our mastermind webinars apart now and I’m doing my own separate webinars. For the next several months. I’m going to be working on building out an actual case study site for the members in the tree service industry covering exactly how we do this, including content marketing and targeting individual locations with posts. So we do what we call geo posts or location posts that are posts optimized for keywords within the silo that we’re trying to rank for as well as individual locations. But we do it all through curated blog posts. And it’s super, super powerful. That’s a much better way to do it. Because if you’re going to be publishing content to your branded network, you don’t want then blog posts that you’re using specifically just and only for the link back. That’s not the point. You want to build that relevancy, the topical and or location, relevancy through your content marketing. And the way you the way that the most efficient way to do that, in my opinion, is through content curation.
So now with that said, Yes, by linking back from a well written or well-curated piece of content that you’re going to syndicate out to your branded network, then yeah, when you’re linking back to the target pages on your site, right, the ones that you’re trying to rank, you’re using the blog to help rank those pages through the internal link of the blog post, then yeah, you want to vary your anchor text, you want to have diversity. So use those keywords within that same keyword set within that same silo use variations, longer tail versions, LSI keywords, synonyms, naked URLs, generics, brand, brand plus keyword, all of those can be used in different combinations to link back to the target URLs on your site that you’re trying to promote. Guys, even internal anchor text is important. Now, it used to be where I used to just hammer for internal links, so links within the same silo, for example, I’d use the same anchor text to link up to the service page over and over and over again, but even that now you’re better off using diverse like diversifying the anchor text. And again, Marco talks about this a lot. But you know, you want to also start building that brand name next to keywords so that you can start to create brand plus keyword association. And you can do that with content marketing and internal linking. So that’s something else that I would recommend. But yes, as far as to answer your question, I know that was long-winded. But I kind of wanted to, you know, first of all, make sure that you understand that publishing really thin content posts, just for the sake of the link isn’t effective at all. Right? Isn’t it just not helpful. So you’re better off producing better quality content, less of it if needed, but it will be weighted heavier by Google. And for that, when you’re linking back to the pages that you’re trying to promote on the site, yes, use a variety of keywords and different anchor text types, as opposed to just always keywords so that you can start to build a broader kind of picture of that keyword theme for Google if that makes sense. Do you want to comment on anybody?
Nope. Okay, moving on.
Why Do You Use Multiple Tier 1 Network For YouTube?
Why would you use multiple tier one networks for YouTube instead of just a single tier one and multiple tier twos?
because it doesn’t matter with YouTube, it doesn’t matter what configurations you use, you can. What I found was years ago, I haven’t done this test and at least three, probably four years now. But several years ago, I tested a YouTube channel that had multiple tier-one rings versus a YouTube channel that had the same number of total rings, but they were set up in two-tier structures. And what I’d found at that time when I did the testing, and I did extensively across multiple projects, but I found that the videos that would get syndicated out to the YouTube channel that only had, you know, let’s say, eight tier-one rings, let’s just use that as an example, which would be the same as to two-tier networks, right? Because a two-tier network through MGYB, the way that we build them is one branded ring and three persona rings. So it’s a total of four rings per two-tier network. So on the channel that I would have eight single tear rings, the video would rank faster than if I had submitted this similar video similar keywords to a channel that had two two-tier networks attached to it. So two single-tier rings with a total of six tier-two rings, if that makes sense, right? I would test it by uploading a video to either one and tracking the results. What happened was you and again, this was years ago, guys, I haven’t tested this in years. So I don’t know that it makes any difference at all now, but back then you’re the video that went out to just a single tier ring would typically rank faster. But it would also if no additional SEO work was done other than just syndicating it out to the network’s it would start to slip it would start to fall in rankings faster than the video that I would push through the two-tier networks which would be slower to rank but once it would rank it would stick longer if that makes sense. So anyway, that’s why I do it. It’s there’s probably I haven’t tested it in years. I don’t know if there’s any difference at all if one’s more effective than the other at all. Anything more. So it’s really just a matter of preference. I always prefer the two-tier network setups for YouTube channels. But you can do it however you see fit, right?
Why themed ring isn’t a branded ring? Can you give an example of this non-branded ring? Yeah, well, like if it’s Joe’s Tree Service is the company. But you can have a persona ring which would be like, I don’t know, john smith. And then you can have a themed ring, a topically themed ring or even a geographically themed syndication network if that makes it if you understand what I’m saying. So for example, if it’s, it shows Tree Service, there could be a john smith could be a persona ring, but then a theme during a topically themed rig can be a syndication network about gardening or landscaping, or home improvement for even for that matter, or a time that’s a topical themed topically themed network, a location the network could be a network about syndication network that’s optimized for Culpepper, Virginia because Joe’s tree services in Culpepper, Virginia. Is that clear? So, but it’s just a way that if you’re going to syndicate content to other networks, you don’t want them to only if, for blog syndication, you don’t want to continually syndicate content to other networks other than branded networks. If that’s the only content getting syndicated, you want to mix it up on the other networks, other than the branded networks, you’d want to have additional related relevant content on those networks, to where it’s not clearly being used to only promote your one brand. Okay.
All right, that was a lot. Moving on. How do you price the leads? That’s going to depend, you know, for Tree Service stuff, I usually do a when I’m pricing leads, I look at what the average cost per click value is for the top keywords that produce leads in Google ads. So I go into the Google Ads dashboard.
Use the keyword planner, take a look at what the cost per click the average cost per click is there. That will give you a range it will show you what your average, your minimum cost per click bid has to be on the first page at all for ads. But if you want to be in the top section or give you a low range and high range, and I always base mine off of whatever the high ranges, and then usually anywhere between two to three times the cost per click is what an average lead would be depending on it depends on the area. But you know for Tree Service leads like I often charge somewhere around $50 per lead. It depends on the area again but on average although I just recently took on a new the guy that I’m going to be building I mentioned this in the mastermind I’m going to be building a case study for a Tree Service contractor site that he gave me permission to use his project is part of my case study so that I can share it with my our students or members I should say and so I’m selling leads to him for 30 bucks. But that’s important because I’m getting to use it as a training opportunity. But my point is that yeah, I mean, you just really have to price it. It’s going to depend.
4I uses Google ads as a way to kind of determine the value for leads, but other people do it in other ways. Does anybody have a comment on that?
How Do You Rank A Local Franchise With Limited Access To Its National Corporate Website And GMB Page?
Now, moving on, Jeff says, Hey, guys, thanks for all the info and motivation you provide on a daily basis. My question is, I just landed a local franchisee for a national Corporation. They have zero access to the corporate website page and limited access to their GMB. Given these restrictions. What would be the best course of action to get their GMB moving upward? Follow the SEO SEO to move on any other recommendations have a spectacular week? Yeah, that that would be what I would do if you can’t do anything to the GMB itself really. And you have no access at all to their website. Then that’s all you can do is right is to push the off-page as much as possible and the SEO SEO to be absolutely where I’d start. And then from there, it would be a matter of, you know, you could use press releases for content marketing, you can almost use press releases as the blog really. So you could set up though, you know, an organization page and then press blog through the press, you know, through the press releases that can actually act as kind of like a blog because you get an RSS feed and everything from that. So you could use the actual press release, like if you’re using it through MGYB, or if you have your own subscription to Press Advantage, you could use the RSS feed from the organization page for that brand to actually feed the syndication network, right. And that way, you don’t even have to have a WordPress blog because you can use the press advantage for that matter for the blog essentially. Or you could always find you could always attempt to try to get a subdomain WordPress installation on for your franchisee site so that you have a blog that you can use for content marketing. But if you’re not going to do any of that stuff, then yeah, just stick with the off-page stuff and just hammer it
Does anybody want to comment on that one? Marco? I hear you trying.
Okay, his mic is not working. So try again Marco. Can you hear me? I can now? Yes. Yeah. Okay. Aside from using the Press Advantage that the media pays and using his present, he says he can also use the G site. You can build that out. Yeah, I use that. I use that for Legion and to push power into the GMB and into the client site. That works perfectly well. You have to remember that announcement pages when it’s like a blog post because when you do that, the announcement page will also have an RSS feed. Right? It’s so that so they carry that out so you can use that to populate so you can use both you use press releases, and your G site to populate your RSS feed, and to push into your syndication network. I mean, there are tons of ways that you can use all of these things. You either have to think outside the box or come join our mastermind, so that we can give you direction on how you would implement all of these different things. Right.
How Many Keywords Should You Use In An RYS Stack Order?
All right, Fitz is up. What’s up, Fitz? He says, Thanks for creating a space where he can get real-world answers that work. I ordered the keyword research, how many keywords should I use and my RYS stack order, if time allows, I’ll get to that next. Use it I mean, as many as you can, I think for the, our, I’m pretty sure for the drive stack order you want they want a minimum of, we want a minimum of 50 keywords, but more is better. So if you ordered the keyword research, just submit your primary, you know, content silo groups with your order.
You know, so that’s, that’s typically I usually what I typically do guys is because we’re looking for like 200 keywords for a link building order, that’s the recommended minimum to submit with a link building order, I always try to get the 200 keyword list developed before I order the drive stack or the SEO shield. Because that way I already have the keywords, I just submit those same 200 ish keywords for the drive stack build, and it’s going to be the same keywords that end up getting used in the link building orders too. So that’s just let you know that’s how I do it.
So if you have you know, just it more is better, as long as they’re relevant. That’s the point. Okay.
He said that but what we think is relevant may or may not be what Google thinks is relevant. Because we push anything and everything we can anything and everything we find that related to that keyword. That’s why we suggest ordering that the keyword research because we get hundreds of thousands of keywords from sem rush. A lot of times which we filter down like that they’ll get filtered down as to how many keywords as
As many as possible because your brand stack is going to create the brand plus location plus keyword Association if it’s local. And if it’s not, then it’s brand plus keyword. But it’s essential to associate that brand to as many keywords in the niche as possible. Because what we want to do at that point is hammer the bot with all of the keywords in the niche so that the bot, the bot completely understands what this is all about what that brand is about.
Yeah, and that’s what’s so great about it, guys. And I’m telling you, if you when you order, so fits when you order a drive stack, and you submit, let’s say 200 keywords versus 50. If you were to track two similar projects in Google Search Console, right after the drive stacks have been built, give it a few weeks for things to start getting picked up and all that by Google. You’ll see in Search Console, the end, then impressions. So the number of times that your site has appeared in search results, the top 10 pages of search results. For any given query, you’ll see that the drive stack the project, if you were to test these two things, because I’ve done it, you’ll see that the drive stack that had the 200 keywords versus the one that had 50 will start producing month over month, a much higher impression, growth of impression rate. In other words, you’ll see month over month, the Search Console, the number of impressions that the site has been exposed for increases rapidly compared to the one that only 50 it’ll increase what the one that only has 50 keywords, but not have that exponential growth was rapid growth as it does as the other one. And that’s one of the metrics that I use and reporting to clients guys, is I show them every single month a search console report for the last 28 days. It’s just a screenshot of the performance report inside of search console for the last 28 days and it shows a number of impressions, you know, average number of clicks the click-through rate, that kind of stuff, or a number of clicks and the average click-through rate and that kind of stuff. But I like to show because especially with newer projects as the drive stack starts to get, you know, starts to kick in and, you know, Google starts to crawl or identify more of the files, you’ll start seeing the impression rate start skyrocketing, and it’s in and that goes to show them that the brand is now being associated and given impressions for more and more keywords or search queries. And so that’s exactly what Marco is talking about there.
Okay.
Will There Be An NAP Issue If The Client’s YouTube Channel Name Is Different From Its Website?
All right. The next question was if time allows I have a client who has a different name on the YouTube channel than the website, the main site is an agency and YouTube is a luxury agency. The picture is consistent with other social media properties. Is that a problem? I mean, it only is if it’s causing any sort of any issues because YouTube is considered a citation if you either a video or a channel YouTube channel can be a powerful citation. Guys, if you put the name, address and phone number in the YouTube channel description, that becomes a pretty powerful citation video can do it too.
But you know, again, if you’re trying to keep NAP consistent, and it’s all of the other assets or data points for the NAP is the same except for the name, then I would change the YouTube channel name to match whatever the official agency name is and all of the other like whatever, whatever the Google My Business profile is, if it has one, if you’re not worried about NAP consistency issues, and don’t worry about it, okay, if it’s causing a problem, then I would update it. If it’s not, don’t worry about it.
What Data Should You Provide When Ordering The SEO Shield?
All right. Austin Dom What’s up buddy says I ordered my first SEO shield this morning. Whoo, cause for celebration, but I wanted to make sure I’m filling out the requirements correctly. Is there a video that goes oversupplying the correct data to assign supply keywords with geo modifiers and things like that or just tell them to fill the darn thing out? case overcomplicating? That’s a good question. We are going to be updating the SEO page with some additional information here very soon, guys, we just talked about it again yesterday on our corporate meeting, it is on the books to get updated so that it’ll make it easier for everybody to understand exactly what to order. But to answer your question, right now, Austin, or dawn, I should say, is no don’t include geo modifiers and less. So so the typical answer is the most common answer is No don’t include geo modifiers, because we’re trying to create keyword plus brand Association, not necessarily location Association, although, because the location Association comes if it’s for a local project, it’s going to come from the on-page and the NAP and all of the files and everything including name, address, and phone number and all of that. So the location relevancy is built through the on-page, but the off-page two, the link building and all of that, or do you supply keywords or geo modifiers Okay, I’m sorry.
For the SEO shield that’s not for link building, then that depends on what it is you’re trying to optimize for. So forgive me, for link building, I don’t usually include geo modifiers unless it’s I’m targeting a specific area in a very specific way, which I can’t get into here anyways, but for the RYS drive stack order. I usually don’t include geo modifiers, I usually just want to create the keyword plus brand Association. And so I submit the orders with the market level keywords. Market level keywords are not keywords with local modifiers it’s the product and or service keywords. So that’s typically how I build it. Then once because of the drive stack, the SEO, SEO becomes the main like entity.
You know, it’s to associate a keyword with the entity, the on the low location relevancy is through on-page and then once the original the initial stack is built, if I need to add like location silos within the stack, then I do that right. Do duplicate a folder, optimize it for a specific location, keywords plus locations. And then I’ll have that but the original drive stack is really just to associate the primary keyword with the brand. And then as Marco said as many market-level keywords with the brand as possible, but accomplished location targeting as internal folders in the drive stack and pages on the G site. Marco, how would you suggest you do it, we just updated the form. As a matter of fact, the for this very reason, because we want to know if it’s branded, or if it’s a keyword, we also want to know if it’s a location-based because if it is we do want that in the brand. Remember, if it’s not a location base, then all we want is the brand plus keyword Association. But if it’s local, right with the brand because then the brand becomes local, it’s focused in a geographic area.
Now the way that you do it, it’s fine. But the way that we suggest it is built right from the start of your brand plus location plus keyword Association. And yes, that means location plus brand keyword Association, and any combination there up, because we want that in that main folder. This way, when you separate it and you start keyword targeting, you start going after other market-level keywords, then what we do is, we go after that in there, we don’t need the location anymore, because we have the location with the brand. We’ve already created the association so there’s no need for that location. Now, having said that, what you said is perfectly fine. Do the location plus keyword, excuse me the brand plus keyword but then you’re going to need a location page, right to make up for the lack of location. When you first started the branded site is a brand that’s what we do in the beginning brand location plus keyword or brand plus keyword. So either way, you’re going to have to mention that geolocation. And if you’re going to do additional locations, you’re going to have to add those pages as you go.
Yeah. So just to be clear, for example, you know, most of my clients are service area businesses and they cover most of my clients cover a fairly large surface area. So all the drive stacks that I buy are for market-level keyboard, press play, and Association because I don’t want to optimize the primary stack for any one particular location. For example, for Tree Service client covers a five County area, then I don’t want to marry that brand with any one particular location. And so there’s no way to optimize for all five of those locations with that one drive stack without having location-based folders inside. So like location-based silos essentially inside so for me
The projects that I work on, I always do market-level keyword plus brand Association, then I optimize for locations as internal pages on the G site and or folders on the drive stack. That’s just the way that I do it. Because most of my clients have a service area that covers more than just one specific location or county or city for that matter. And so I don’t want to associate the brand with one specific area when they cover a broad area. So that’s just the way that I do it. But yeah, Marco.
That’s good if we have different, you know, types of drive stacks that you can select from now, so it’s going to make it easier for you guys when you order. And this the scenario that you’re talking about is different, right? It’s different than if we’re doing a DC plumber, for example, which is a brand in and of itself, and it’s targeting the plumbing niche, but unlike a storefront business, right, that’s exactly right. It’s one location and, but it’s serving customers at the location.
And in a service area that’s different than you then if you have multiple locations, if you have multiple locations, as I said, you’re going to have to have, are you going to need multiple location pages inside the G site and drive stack targeting those multiple locations? This is what I thought this question was one location if it’s one location, that you do that right with the initial brand. Yes. So then he says I’m in a heavy hitter club group, which is awesome. Should I join the mastermind group as well? Thanks. Well, to be clear, the heavy hitter group is the technical SEO group. Although SEO is also covered in the mastermind, the heavy SEO stuff is going to be the heavy hitters club. The semantic mastery mastermind is more about business growth and all things around you know building a business not just SEO anymore as it had been for so long.
You know, it’s all things marketing, all things business growth. So prospecting and sales and, you know, entity formation and all, you know, process development system. It’s a systemization or systematization. All of that, you know, outsourcing, delegating all of that kind of stuff. So it just depends on where you’re at Austin Dom with what it is that you need. I think everybody should have, you know, should be working on growing their business, but some people just want to focus on learning more about SEO. So it just depends on what it is that you need. I will, I will tell him definitely, definitely the mastermind. heavy hitter club is going to we’re going to be doing a whole lot of case studies from beginning to end, we’re gonna follow it through, we’re going to see what’s working, see what’s not we’re going to be testing. So we’re not going to give people theory, right? So what we’re going to do is we’re going to take the theory and carry it through from beginning to end to see if we can prove one way or the other. If the theory is sound. During that same time, I mean, it doesn’t matter the master mastermind continues. And it continues, as you said, with business growth, teaching PPC, client acquisition, just a whole lot more that’s involved now awesome. If you’re a business owner, or if you’re a business owner, and you’re thinking about doing both, I wouldn’t recommend that because you have a limited amount of time in which you can do all of these things and you will become a bottleneck in your business so that your business cannot grow. What you will need then is someone, a partner or a trusted VA, or whomever a PA, that you can assign to either the heavy hitter or the mastermind. So that you can get both because what you should be doing is you should be concentrating on going out there and growing your business I mean, you want to get known. You want to you want people to understand who you are, what it is that you do. You want to be out there contacting people you want to be getting in front of clients, closing clients, I don’t know, you want to trust that to somebody else because nobody knows your business better than you.
Now while you’re doing all of that, and while you’re concentrating on all of that, somebody else can be applying these technical SEO methods that we’re going to be going through in the heavy hitter club. And that frees you up, even more, to do whatever it is that you want to do. And in fact, you can have two people, one in the mastermind, one in the heavy hitter, or the same person in the mastermind and the heavy hitter. But I would say that you definitely need both. Because both of these together, as you’ve seen from what we teach, and from what we share here are deadly. Look at the last solutions that work that has both of the systems that have called them in some in mastermind, and in the heavy hitter apply to it. And so one without the other would not have work because it’s a
If what we’re building is an ecosystem where one feeds off the other and where we can give value to people in both.
There you go.
How Do You Move Photos Without Losing Their EXIF Data?
So Mohammed’s up next. Hey guys, what’s a good way to move photos without losing their EXIF data? I noticed that when a client of mine emailed these emails, me pictures they took on their phone, the location data disappears if the client is taking photos at all. I have them uploaded the Google listing through maps. However, I still try to use their geotagged photos and the GMB posts themselves. Though the exit data always disappears when I receive a photo by email text, meaning I gotta add Exif manually. Yeah, so what my clients do. Mohamad is I have my clients deposit photos into a Google Drive, excuse me, Google Photos folder, a shared photo album. So Google Photos shared photo album, so they take photos from their phones and they have their phone settings to where it auto backs them.
To the shared Google Photos album that my VA or my bloggers have access to so that they can just pluck images from the Google Photos folder, which still contains the Geo Data, the EXIF data. Okay. Yeah, because I’m pretty sure when you text images that it automatically strips the metadata out to make the file smaller. And I guess email service providers do the same thing. But when you send them into when you add them to the Google Photos folder that remains intact. So at least that’s the way we’ve been doing it.
Okay, so Google Photos folder is how all of my clients that provide photos, that’s how they provide them to my VAs.
Should You Change All Citations And Social Profiles First Before Changing A GMB Page Name?
A law says, Hello there a client really wants needs to change the name of his GMB. Should we change the name and all the citations and social profiles first to reduce the risk of a GMB getting banned? No, I would not I would never encourage that. Because what happens if you go through all that trouble and it does get banned anyways right then you just went through all that hassle and trouble. Not only that, but it often takes a long time to get, you know, some directories you got to reach out to multiple times to get them to update the listings if they will at all. So you’re better off just changing the name and the GMB and hoping that what I have found though is and I don’t know that this makes any difference at all but in recent talking about this in the mastermind, but I’ve had, I’ve had to change several GMBs I lost a Tree Service contractor recently that was I’ve got several GMBs that I need to read I need to find well I found another Tree Service contractor to take the leads. So I’ve got to rebrand all of them and what I’ve been able to rebrand two out of three so far without any issues. What I’ve done though, first is if it’s connected to a website or whatever, then I make sure the GMB is if the name of the business has been changed and it’s connected the GMB is connected to a website, then I go change all the information on the website first and update the JSON LD the structured data. first, before I update the GMB. Then I update the GMB but that’s just the website and then the GMB okay. And I haven’t had, again, knock on wood. Over the last week, I’ve updated completely rebranded two out of three GMB assets that I needed to find another contractor for, and I haven’t had any issues whatsoever. And that’s how I’ve done it. Now, I’m not saying that you won’t experience a suspension, it could happen. I don’t work for Google. But that’s the way that I do it is if the GMB is connected to a self-hosted website, make sure that is completely updated first, including the JSON LD if you have structured data, which all of you should make sure the structured data is marked is edited, updated first and then update and again. I don’t know that that has any effect, except that I’ve done that twice in the last week.
I haven’t experienced any issues. Okay. Then you go about getting the citations updated that are already published on the web only after you’ve successfully updated your GMB.
Okay. Five o'clock let guys we got to go. Sorry, we didn’t get to all the questions if you didn’t, if you want us to answer the question guys, and they didn’t get answered, either posts them for next week or post them in the free Facebook group and we’ll try to get to them over there. Thanks, everybody, for being here. See you guys.
Bye, everyone.
Weekly Digital Marketing Q&A – Hump Day Hangouts – Episode 278 published first on your-t1-blog-url
0 notes
Text
Weekly Digital Marketing Q&A – Hump Day Hangouts – Episode 278
youtube
Click on the video above to watch Episode 278 of the Semantic Mastery Hump Day Hangouts.
Full timestamps with topics and times can be found at the link above.
The latest upcoming free SEO Q&A Hump Day Hangout can be found at http://semanticmastery.com/humpday.
Announcement
Cool. Let’s get ready to rumble Whoa, hey, this is Episode 278 of Hump Day Hangouts and bring in a little bit more energy today. I’ve been sitting working focused all morning. So I realized I need to bring it since we’re going live. So with that said, we are going to jump into it pretty quick here. We’re going to say hi to everybody. We’ve got some announcements for everyone and then we’re going to hop in and start answering questions. If you want your questions answered, remember go to semanticmastery.com/HDquestion stays the same. You can go there every week. So if you’re checking us out on YouTube, make sure you go there to get your questions answered. So with that said, I’ll start at the bottom today. I’m going to mix things up. Hernan, how are you doing? You look like you’re looking at the floor.
Hernan: Oh man, on the spot, I’m doing good and then well, stormy day today so my connection might not hold but other than that really good. Really excited to be here.
Adam: Sounds good. All right, man. Well, hopefully, people have been checking out your videos. I know I see your videos because we work together. We do a lot of stuff together. But I’ve been using even more videos from you. So I don’t know maybe sometimes what have you talked about how you generate so much content?
We’re cranking up the content machine and also how it’s getting us leads because we did a small training for the inbound prospecting for 2xyouragency. And I’m putting that to the test, stress testing it every day, and it’s liberating. It’s pretty good.
Adam: Awesome. Good stuff. Marco, how are you doing? You’re looking a little bit different today. What’s going on here?
Marco: I’m just celebrating the 34th championship of the team that I’m a fan of in Argentina, not Hernan’s team of course. He has a sucky team. He’s a fan of. But anyway, I root for the underdog, I guess. Yeah, whatever. I like winners but as you can see, Groundhog Day and celebration. I have my beer ready. I made an executive decision. This is a drinking Hump Day Hangout. So now join me.
And if you don’t guys, you want to avoid viruses and all that bullshit. Drink more beer. Keesha healthy tears well here’s what the water has a beer. I’m gonna head out for a run after this. So I’ve had some bad experiences with beer and running so and if it doesn’t keep you healthy, it’ll make you feel better anyway. Like, enjoy the way out. So, alright, so look at that again. See, I kept telling us so for about five years I kept saying how beautiful it was. Beautiful. It was warm and sunny, warm and sunny, warm and sunny, warm and rainy. Now you can get a look get a good book, because I’m going to turn it off because too much sun is bad for you guys.
Well, we’ll go away from the sunshine cuz I know it’s night but Chris. How are you doing man? Yeah, doing good. Like the weather is excellent. I think we had 19 degrees Celsius today so summer is definitely on this March here obviously you can’t see it it’s night so I’ll take your word for it yeah you could be maybe you just move to your apartment somewhere else but yeah we’ll assume it’s nighttime and the most leading the gym pretty hard at the moment as long as they still let me.
Fair enough. Are you waiting
good deal and last but not least Bradley How you doing today? I’m peachy.
Alright, I like it. I’m just gonna roll with them Bradley’s good to go. So I’m going to loop back around to something Hernan said he was talking about 2xyouragency. If you haven’t heard about that yet, it’s basically if you’re an agency owner or even a consultant, if you want to get more clients, if you want to grow your revenue per client, want to scale your team. That is where you should go and join us 2xyouragency.com that’s where you can find out more about it and come join us for those have you who are joining us looking for step by step processes for your SEO, everything from new websites, age domains, YouTube channels, whatever it is, go check out the Battle Plan at battleplan.semanticmastery.com.
In that same vein, we keep telling people and it’s for a very good reason, which I won’t go into here, except saving time making sure you’re working on the higher level stuff. We advise people to get it done for you, whether that means hiring a VA, starting to build your own team or leveraging mgyb.co. Right going getting syndication networks made, press releases, link building, whatever it is you need done doing that so that you can grow your business right, you got to spend the time working on your pipeline processes and growing. So head on over to mgyb.co to find out about that as well. Subscribers, get some good perks and then that’s all I’m gonna say about that, but you got to be a subscriber.
And last but not least on my end, I want to tell everyone about POFU Live. You can see the current count of tickets remaining. It is decreasing if you go over to pofulive.com it’s going to be last weekend in September 2020 in Boston, Massachusetts. So we’re going to be meeting up there. We’re going to have a VIP day on that Friday. We’re going to meet up and have a lot of fun get together with everybody. I’m not sure quite yet what we’re going to do. But let’s see the first year we did a brewery tasting, took a bus around a bunch of different breweries. We had a lot of fun with that at dinner together. Then last year, we went and raced go karts. Some of us actually raced the go karts. Some people drove around it like five miles an hour and scared us I’m not gonna name names, but it was a lot of fun. We got guest speakers coming in. And we’ve got a lot of knowledge both for us to share to you but also for you to share between each other. So it’s a great environment for that. Like I said, it’s gonna be over the last weekend in September. So go check it out at pofulive.com, limited number of tickets when they’re gone. They are gone.
With that said, Guys, anything else we need to cover before we dive into questions today? Yeah, but what happens if Corona virus hits in Boston in September, man just TBD. We’ll Yeah, we’re gonna have to wait and see so drink Modelo Corona virus is still here, right? Yeah that said I will say if people buy tickets, you know and it is canceled that you know we’ll work something out we’re not gonna just keep all your money and say Tough luck. We’ll work something out but I would imagine as time gets closer we’ll understand what’s going on much better. Does anybody else tired of the media overblown, this coronavirus ship because I feel like
Unknown Speaker 6:34 there’s a mass hysteria that’s being generated by the media because honestly, I don’t think that it’s any more you know, bad often like the typical flu but it’s just non stop coverage and everybody’s freaking out about it. So anyways, well, they shut down the borders typically mean Yeah, I know. I land borders. I don’t know. Maybe cuz I don’t know anybody that’s been hit by but anyways. Alright, so we didn’t get any other way. I do some questions and focus on helping these people out.
Unknown Speaker 7:00 I did get the training done for the last week of the two x your results training for the two extra agency that I just finished recording that today. So it should be in the members area by the end of the week. Just to let you guys know next week we start the two x your business which is about scaling and growth. So next on the homestretch. Let’s go. All right, let me grab the screen and we’ll get into questions.
Okay.
How Does A Social Fortress Type Of Links Work Out With SEO Shield?
All right. So it looks like I don’t know if these were answered last week or not. I’ll start there. Uh, he says if you already have social fortress type of links, how does that work out if I ordered a shield? I don’t know. Social fortress type of links. I guess that’s like a syndication network or something. I’m not exactly sure what that is. But since I don’t know what that is, I don’t know how that integrates with the shield. But I guarantee you it’s not a shield, shield. So I would say just get it. You can’t hurt your entity with an SEO shoot, I can tell you that as long as it’s built correctly.
So I would say order one. No, Matt, I don’t know, I’m not sure what social fortress links are. But I can guarantee you they’re not doing with the not the same thing that the SEO shield does. They might not implement it, though very well, which would in that case, you would actually want to include the social fortress links, I’m assuming profile URLs and such into the actual SEO shield built. Right so that you’re kind of interlinking all of those properties together. I’m just wondering if someone copy Canada’s already. SEO shield is brand new, but I wouldn’t be surprised if someone had knocked it off already. Yeah, that’s not it. If you go to the question above that we didn’t answer that.
Unknown Speaker 8:51 Okay. I do remember this guy from last week. He says how much money will be needed for a complete project like that? I don’t know which project were we talking about? We were talking about about how simple not easy. It was how we would set up the SEO shield, not the fortune, our SEO shield. And then after that, we would do the press releases the link building embeds link building, watch how everything settles and then just do adjust right as we go. Because we could always have it add depth and breadth to the G drive site, do something that keyword-oriented instead of branding and so the answer is that as the top-level, SEO power shield is only 375 bucks. Link Building. I don’t know if you get that the top.
The top one, a couple of hundred bucks. Some press releases five press releases what 500 bucks on top. I’ve said it was about 1200 bucks, but we’re talking about investing time. Hundred bucks on the niche, not 1200 bucks to see if you can compete in the niche. It’s literally to go after the big boys that that’s what you need. And then you’re maybe a little bit more because you’re going to need to do monthly link building monthly embeds, you’re going to need to expand that dry stack writer to isolate those keywords are the tougher ones, because you will find that some keywords are tougher than others. So they might need a little bit more action. But that’s what we’re talking about.
How much are you gonna pay for a website? I know websites that can cost upwards of $100,000 average in I think Miami’s $15,000. For a website, we talked about 1500 bucks for the niche figure, think about doing the numbers, do the math. And you’ll see that it’s totally worth investing. If you want to just start with the SEO shield and some link building to see what it does. I mean that that’s on a five 600 bucks, and then you’re gonna know, after 21 days when the Google that settles where everything is and just how much more you’re going to need to get after it. I can tell you that local is a whole lot easier except for some of the higher-end niches right if you’re going after cosmetic surgeon in Beverly Hills, of course, that’s going to take a little bit more.
I’ll go back to my friend in what was the Toronto Vancouver run after DUI attorney in one of the biggest cities in Canada is going to take a little bit more but really you know, if you work if local if you’re working in conjunction with that GMB and you’re applying local GMB pro methods, it I call that a two for one special because you’re approaching that from from from from two different ways. But you’re adding power to that entity you’re adding so much more value to your entity making it more trusted, authoritative in the niche, much more so than anybody else. And if you go deeper into that, which we recommend, which is adding schema, and adding individual paid schema ending, and adding video schema, author, anything that you can on the page so that you can direct the bot exactly where you want the bot to go. And then at the unstructured data level, you can actually structure it through skip navigation links, jump links column like what you want. There are so many ways that you can get even more power out of this you can do more and build more so that it’s a win.
Yeah, are you going to take over nothing if you’re going to take over your niche and it sounds easy? No. We spent years literally in the lab coming up with this formula so that we can give it to you guys and make it simple for you guys to order so that you can get results. By no means is that easy. Because I can tell you that I spent hundreds of hours working on the weekends to put all of this shit together. So it wasn’t as if it’s just okay you by I push the button, and I came up with this idea and all of a sudden, boom, there it is there’s no magic pill, it’s hard work, but we tried to do is all of the hard work for you ahead of time, so that you don’t have to.
Yeah, cuz there’s still a lot that goes into that. But that the trying to try to discover the methods, that’s where that’s an enormous amount of time. So even though once the methods been discovered, and refined, it still takes a lot of effort and time to be able to implement unless you buy them done for you services, which is what we keep encouraging you to do. But you can imagine trying to try to identify that method or develop that method is really where the vast majority of Time goes. So you know when when
When you say it can’t be that that easy or that simple, it really is simple. It didn’t say it was easy. That doesn’t mean that there’s not a lot of complexity to putting it together in the proper order and everything else. But it really is. It’s a formula as Marco just said, it’s, it’s literally a formula you plug in, you know, you, you put all the pieces together in the right order. And then it’s just a matter of there are some variables, but it’s a matter of like link building and events, for example, how much do you need to push to get the desired result. But other than that, it’s the same process over and over again. So it becomes like a repeatable process, which is really the key and that’s the whole point is, I can’t tell you how many times we’ve talked to people in the mastermind or, you know, that have become members or, you know, followers or whatever.
In the mastermind, we often have calls with, you know, new members, to talk with them and find out about their business and one of the things that we hear often is that people have a hard time getting reliable results, repeatable results. In other words, they might have five projects out there, one or two of them are doing really well. But the other ones aren’t doing so well. And they don’t know what they did on the ones that are doing so well to get them to work, like to produce results. And that that becomes an issue, how can you have confidence in pitching your services and selling your services to clients and prospects and that sort of thing, if you’re never really sure that you can get the results, right. So that’s kind of the point is that we develop these methods, because over and over and over again, time and again, we’re able to achieve results, and virtually, you know, no competition. And what I mean by that is, in almost any every situation, it’s just a matter of how much we put into the actual process to get results. Like, sometimes it’s easy, and it happens very quickly. Sometimes it requires a lot more. But in any case, it’s the same process, right? So that we can always know with certainty with confidence that we’re going to be able to get results in a particular industry, the timeframe is all that is really adjustable. Right? And again, a client if we’re in a competitive industry, and that is going to require more than it just requires, if somebody wants it done like results in the same amount of time that a less competitive industry would get, that’s fine. We can still do it. It just requires more budget because we need to throw more at it. Does that make sense? So again, it’s just a, it becomes a repeatable process. There are some variables, but those are all.
Unknown Speaker 16:26 You know, they can be calculated, basically. So that’s why I love this method. Because even I didn’t have a repeatable method that I would use over and over and over again until the last couple of years. And now it’s really unfair because we know we can win no matter what, right?
Do you want to comment on that, Marco, before I move on?
No, no, that’s a good question. By the way, it was.
How Long Do The Links From Press Releases Last?
Alright, so he says, How long do links from press releases last? It depends. It depends on the publication that they’re published. Sometimes some, some of them, it’s 30 days, some of its 90 days, some of them are 180 days, some of them it’s indefinite, meaning they don’t purge at all. So it just depends. So it really depends. That’s why press releases aren’t something that it’s not, it’s not usually a one and done thing. It’s something that you should be doing consistently. Even if it’s just once a month, you know, the idea is to, once you start doing them is to continue doing them. For all most of my clients, at the very least, they’re getting one every two weeks. But most for all clients that I’ve taken on recently and new on on incoming clients, I do one press release per week, that’s just part of my monthly services. So they’re paying for that, right that’s part of it. But you know, some clients might even want to per week, it just depends on how aggressive they need to be. But the point is, is that once you start doing them as long as you’re doing them fairly consistently, then you won’t ever have to worry about when the links drop off because there’ll be no ones behind. Okay. By the way, go check out local PR pro we talk about how to extend that even more.
Alright, so the next question is first is not really a question. It’s kind of response because Bibi asked a bunch of questions last week, and so he was explaining himself here or she. So anyways, says, hey guys, just to note that, of course, nobody here disrespects the other members, I saw that nobody was asking questions. So I filled it up, feel free to answer other people’s questions when I blast off. I need the questions to be written so I can clear it from my head. And then it won’t bug me I get that. So I appreciate the explanation and no problem at all.
He says I know that also about me asking a lot of questions. I know this is the case right now and I won’t get the answers right away and not all of them at once because I’m not in the mastermind and I have to wait for a week. I’m on the path to one k a month. I’ve started the RSS masher and have another lead gen project and promoting.
Let’s see how it goes. Maybe in the future. Who knows. Yeah, well that’s the idea is to come here.
You know Mohammed who I think he has to quit? Yeah, of course, he did. There’s Mohammed right there. He’s been one that has come and asked questions and implemented, you know, what he learns, and then has come and joined the mastermind and then has left a mastermind and then come back to the mastermind. And so it’s perfectly fine. That’s the idea. We tell you guys to come here, use this forum to help get your business in a position where you can come join our paid trading our mastermind, where you can get even more Business Growth Training.
So yeah, the problem is that this forum is limited to an hour. So we have to get as many people as possible so that we can be fair. In the mastermind. However, you can go into our Facebook group, and ask as many questions as you want, as many times as you want. And all of us are in there, including Rob, answering the questions. Yeah. So that we’re not enough because that in and of itself, is is consider it enough because nobody, nobody else doing that nobody else is sitting there and taking the time to answer their membership questions, right? We do it.
Then what we decided to do is split the mastermind right into five different webinars. So each one of the members, it should be the founders has a webinar every other week. So what you’re getting is now it since it’s live, it’s five times the value because you’re getting different points of view. You, as a matter of fact, you can ask a question, whatever it is, and ask it to each one of the five members. And you’re going to get a different perspective. We were talking we were just talking about this yesterday. I come at it from math, and testing, and an SEO point of view, plus all of the experience that I’ve had in the last almost 17 years that I’ve been online, but Adam, you know, he has a background. he’s a physicist, I believe it correct me if I’m wrong.
So he has that analytical aspect to it, her Nan, and he does a lot of things with pay per click advertising. He also has a lot of experience with clients. He has a business background. He has his own perspective, you do a lot of local Bradley, and you have your own perspective. Chris has a coding background. He has his own perspective. So you’re going to get a whole lot more if you join the mastermind than you could ever get in here. Which is why this was set up yet. We can answer your questions in that 10,000-foot overview. But we can’t get technical with you. We can’t go and delve we can’t go look at your website. We can’t give you advice because we don’t have enough information. But we’ve set it up so that you can give us all of the information in the other places that we’ve set up for this to happen. So I think that if you’re not in the mastermind, that you’re needing all of this information, then you should definitely join them as well.
How To Rank For A Keyword And Its Synonyms?
so the first question was how to rank for a keyword and as synonyms which silo to use the post created as long-form dogs and puppies are the same. Okay. All right. So I think I talked about this last week when you because I believe this is a repost from last week because we didn’t get to them. But when it comes to how to rank for a keyword in a synonym, again, there’s a lot to that, right. We could spend the whole hour just talking about that specifically, but I’m just gonna point you to, but I’ve wanted in the past if you go into, In fact, let me just open a new tab, go to YouTube.com, okay. Search for semantic mastery. Or you could just go to youtube.com/semanticmastery, that’s fine. You can do that as well. Click through to our channel right there, use the channel search feature. Right there in search of silo structure. Okay, that’s all you need to search for a silo structure. There’s simple silo structure set up complex silo structure, set up those two videos, watch them, that’ll teach you how to set up silos on your website.
I prefer simple silos over complex silos any day of the week, because, well, there’s easier, they’re simple and easier to manage. But there are times where that makes it makes sense to have a complex silo. So I would go through that as a kind of foundation. To answer your question, as far as how does, how to rank a keyword in its synonyms, because that’s what silo structures are all about. You take the broadest of terms, and you put that at the top of the silo and then you take all the long tail versions and synonyms and such that are tightly within that particular keyword theme. And you use those as, as current as supporting articles. In other words, you optimize content that is supporting articles for those supporting keywords. you place them within that particular silo and then if you understand internal linking throughout the silo and how to do that correctly, then what happens is the entire keyword theme, the entire silo the category right? content silo creates, it creates buoyancy, right? Because all of those are interlinked correctly, it creates a theme that when the bots come and read it, they kind of understand what the theme of that is, what the topic is and what the theme of that particular content silo is. And it kind of helps all of the keywords within their within also all of the content within that silo to start to rise up in the search engines provided it was done correctly. So that’s kind of the whole point is to learn how to rank the primary keyword but also the synonyms and everything else by using solid structure. It’s very, very effective. And it’s it still works to this day. If anybody says it doesn’t, they’re crazy. So when it comes to that,
hopefully, that’ll answer your questions as far as that is concerned with. When it comes to the next question he says, Is syndicating to the branded properties a post with a few sentences and an anchor text of the synonym to the original money site post will give a boost to the synonym? No, not necessarily. I mean, it can but I don’t suggest syndicating short posts with just a couple of sentences because that’s thin content. It’s not going to have nearly as good an effect as if you have well-done content guys, content does matter. Believe it or not. So I was just talking about this in two x your agency training.
Recently, you know, we use curated content my bloggers do for all of my all projects, we use curated content as the content marketing strategy, which is part of the SEO strategy, right. So my, in the same type of train, the training that my bloggers have all gone through, to learn how to curate is Content Kingpin, it’s the same train like, it’s exactly how I learned how to do it years ago, I created a training course around it, which was originally to train virtual assistants to become bloggers for me. But then we turned it into a product, which you guys can purchase is called content kingpin. Anyways, that teaches you how to curate content. And it’s really set up to teach virtual assistants to do it so that you’re not doing it yourself. But that content is efficient to produce. It’s highly relevant. It creates co-citation because you’re linking to related and relevant content sources. And you are able to gather, collect and curate content from subject matter experts about whatever topic it is that you’re blogging about. So the bloggers you don’t have to be a subject matter expert and neither do your bloggers to be able to produce high-quality content about the subject because all they’re going to do.
The method about curating content is learning how to collect Gather, Gather relevant content from high authority sites or from subject matter experts, then organize it. And then create new blog posts where you’re trying to convey an idea or a theme or topic, you know, whatever you’re trying to convey an idea, but you’re using other people’s content to support or argue against that idea if that makes sense, depending on how you write the post. But it’s super powerful because it becomes a unique post its original content, even though you’re borrowing content from others. Because the way that you’re organizing it, it becomes a unique piece of content, a new original piece of content that has snippets of curated content, and it’s well done and it creates co-citation. So it’s super powerful for SEO. So that’s what I would recommend that you do and in the mastermind, again, we’re talking about in the mastermind. Since we split our mastermind webinars apart now and I’m doing my own separate webinars. For the next several months. I’m going to be working on building out an actual case study site for the members in the tree service industry covering exactly how we do this, including content marketing and targeting individual locations with posts. So we do what we call geo posts or location posts that are posts optimized for keywords within the silo that we’re trying to rank for as well as individual locations. But we do it all through curated blog posts. And it’s super, super powerful. That’s a much better way to do it. Because if you’re going to be publishing content to your branded network, you don’t want then blog posts that you’re using specifically just and only for the link back. That’s not the point. You want to build that relevancy, the topical and or location, relevancy through your content marketing. And the way you the way that the most efficient way to do that, in my opinion, is through content curation.
So now with that said, Yes, by linking back from a well written or well-curated piece of content that you’re going to syndicate out to your branded network, then yeah, when you’re linking back to the target pages on your site, right, the ones that you’re trying to rank, you’re using the blog to help rank those pages through the internal link of the blog post, then yeah, you want to vary your anchor text, you want to have diversity. So use those keywords within that same keyword set within that same silo use variations, longer tail versions, LSI keywords, synonyms, naked URLs, generics, brand, brand plus keyword, all of those can be used in different combinations to link back to the target URLs on your site that you’re trying to promote. Guys, even internal anchor text is important. Now, it used to be where I used to just hammer for internal links, so links within the same silo, for example, I’d use the same anchor text to link up to the service page over and over and over again, but even that now you’re better off using diverse like diversifying the anchor text. And again, Marco talks about this a lot. But you know, you want to also start building that brand name next to keywords so that you can start to create brand plus keyword association. And you can do that with content marketing and internal linking. So that’s something else that I would recommend. But yes, as far as to answer your question, I know that was long-winded. But I kind of wanted to, you know, first of all, make sure that you understand that publishing really thin content posts, just for the sake of the link isn’t effective at all. Right? Isn’t it just not helpful. So you’re better off producing better quality content, less of it if needed, but it will be weighted heavier by Google. And for that, when you’re linking back to the pages that you’re trying to promote on the site, yes, use a variety of keywords and different anchor text types, as opposed to just always keywords so that you can start to build a broader kind of picture of that keyword theme for Google if that makes sense. Do you want to comment on anybody?
Nope. Okay, moving on.
Why Do You Use Multiple Tier 1 Network For YouTube?
Why would you use multiple tier one networks for YouTube instead of just a single tier one and multiple tier twos?
because it doesn’t matter with YouTube, it doesn’t matter what configurations you use, you can. What I found was years ago, I haven’t done this test and at least three, probably four years now. But several years ago, I tested a YouTube channel that had multiple tier-one rings versus a YouTube channel that had the same number of total rings, but they were set up in two-tier structures. And what I’d found at that time when I did the testing, and I did extensively across multiple projects, but I found that the videos that would get syndicated out to the YouTube channel that only had, you know, let’s say, eight tier-one rings, let’s just use that as an example, which would be the same as to two-tier networks, right? Because a two-tier network through MGYB, the way that we build them is one branded ring and three persona rings. So it’s a total of four rings per two-tier network. So on the channel that I would have eight single tear rings, the video would rank faster than if I had submitted this similar video similar keywords to a channel that had two two-tier networks attached to it. So two single-tier rings with a total of six tier-two rings, if that makes sense, right? I would test it by uploading a video to either one and tracking the results. What happened was you and again, this was years ago, guys, I haven’t tested this in years. So I don’t know that it makes any difference at all now, but back then you’re the video that went out to just a single tier ring would typically rank faster. But it would also if no additional SEO work was done other than just syndicating it out to the network’s it would start to slip it would start to fall in rankings faster than the video that I would push through the two-tier networks which would be slower to rank but once it would rank it would stick longer if that makes sense. So anyway, that’s why I do it. It’s there’s probably I haven’t tested it in years. I don’t know if there’s any difference at all if one’s more effective than the other at all. Anything more. So it’s really just a matter of preference. I always prefer the two-tier network setups for YouTube channels. But you can do it however you see fit, right?
Why themed ring isn’t a branded ring? Can you give an example of this non-branded ring? Yeah, well, like if it’s Joe’s Tree Service is the company. But you can have a persona ring which would be like, I don’t know, john smith. And then you can have a themed ring, a topically themed ring or even a geographically themed syndication network if that makes it if you understand what I’m saying. So for example, if it’s, it shows Tree Service, there could be a john smith could be a persona ring, but then a theme during a topically themed rig can be a syndication network about gardening or landscaping, or home improvement for even for that matter, or a time that’s a topical themed topically themed network, a location the network could be a network about syndication network that’s optimized for Culpepper, Virginia because Joe’s tree services in Culpepper, Virginia. Is that clear? So, but it’s just a way that if you’re going to syndicate content to other networks, you don’t want them to only if, for blog syndication, you don’t want to continually syndicate content to other networks other than branded networks. If that’s the only content getting syndicated, you want to mix it up on the other networks, other than the branded networks, you’d want to have additional related relevant content on those networks, to where it’s not clearly being used to only promote your one brand. Okay.
All right, that was a lot. Moving on. How do you price the leads? That’s going to depend, you know, for Tree Service stuff, I usually do a when I’m pricing leads, I look at what the average cost per click value is for the top keywords that produce leads in Google ads. So I go into the Google Ads dashboard.
Use the keyword planner, take a look at what the cost per click the average cost per click is there. That will give you a range it will show you what your average, your minimum cost per click bid has to be on the first page at all for ads. But if you want to be in the top section or give you a low range and high range, and I always base mine off of whatever the high ranges, and then usually anywhere between two to three times the cost per click is what an average lead would be depending on it depends on the area. But you know for Tree Service leads like I often charge somewhere around $50 per lead. It depends on the area again but on average although I just recently took on a new the guy that I’m going to be building I mentioned this in the mastermind I’m going to be building a case study for a Tree Service contractor site that he gave me permission to use his project is part of my case study so that I can share it with my our students or members I should say and so I’m selling leads to him for 30 bucks. But that’s important because I’m getting to use it as a training opportunity. But my point is that yeah, I mean, you just really have to price it. It’s going to depend.
4I uses Google ads as a way to kind of determine the value for leads, but other people do it in other ways. Does anybody have a comment on that?
How Do You Rank A Local Franchise With Limited Access To Its National Corporate Website And GMB Page?
Now, moving on, Jeff says, Hey, guys, thanks for all the info and motivation you provide on a daily basis. My question is, I just landed a local franchisee for a national Corporation. They have zero access to the corporate website page and limited access to their GMB. Given these restrictions. What would be the best course of action to get their GMB moving upward? Follow the SEO SEO to move on any other recommendations have a spectacular week? Yeah, that that would be what I would do if you can’t do anything to the GMB itself really. And you have no access at all to their website. Then that’s all you can do is right is to push the off-page as much as possible and the SEO SEO to be absolutely where I’d start. And then from there, it would be a matter of, you know, you could use press releases for content marketing, you can almost use press releases as the blog really. So you could set up though, you know, an organization page and then press blog through the press, you know, through the press releases that can actually act as kind of like a blog because you get an RSS feed and everything from that. So you could use the actual press release, like if you’re using it through MGYB, or if you have your own subscription to Press Advantage, you could use the RSS feed from the organization page for that brand to actually feed the syndication network, right. And that way, you don’t even have to have a WordPress blog because you can use the press advantage for that matter for the blog essentially. Or you could always find you could always attempt to try to get a subdomain WordPress installation on for your franchisee site so that you have a blog that you can use for content marketing. But if you’re not going to do any of that stuff, then yeah, just stick with the off-page stuff and just hammer it
Does anybody want to comment on that one? Marco? I hear you trying.
Okay, his mic is not working. So try again Marco. Can you hear me? I can now? Yes. Yeah. Okay. Aside from using the Press Advantage that the media pays and using his present, he says he can also use the G site. You can build that out. Yeah, I use that. I use that for Legion and to push power into the GMB and into the client site. That works perfectly well. You have to remember that announcement pages when it’s like a blog post because when you do that, the announcement page will also have an RSS feed. Right? It’s so that so they carry that out so you can use that to populate so you can use both you use press releases, and your G site to populate your RSS feed, and to push into your syndication network. I mean, there are tons of ways that you can use all of these things. You either have to think outside the box or come join our mastermind, so that we can give you direction on how you would implement all of these different things. Right.
How Many Keywords Should You Use In An RYS Stack Order?
All right, Fitz is up. What’s up, Fitz? He says, Thanks for creating a space where he can get real-world answers that work. I ordered the keyword research, how many keywords should I use and my RYS stack order, if time allows, I’ll get to that next. Use it I mean, as many as you can, I think for the, our, I’m pretty sure for the drive stack order you want they want a minimum of, we want a minimum of 50 keywords, but more is better. So if you ordered the keyword research, just submit your primary, you know, content silo groups with your order.
You know, so that’s, that’s typically I usually what I typically do guys is because we’re looking for like 200 keywords for a link building order, that’s the recommended minimum to submit with a link building order, I always try to get the 200 keyword list developed before I order the drive stack or the SEO shield. Because that way I already have the keywords, I just submit those same 200 ish keywords for the drive stack build, and it’s going to be the same keywords that end up getting used in the link building orders too. So that’s just let you know that’s how I do it.
So if you have you know, just it more is better, as long as they’re relevant. That’s the point. Okay.
He said that but what we think is relevant may or may not be what Google thinks is relevant. Because we push anything and everything we can anything and everything we find that related to that keyword. That’s why we suggest ordering that the keyword research because we get hundreds of thousands of keywords from sem rush. A lot of times which we filter down like that they’ll get filtered down as to how many keywords as
As many as possible because your brand stack is going to create the brand plus location plus keyword Association if it’s local. And if it’s not, then it’s brand plus keyword. But it’s essential to associate that brand to as many keywords in the niche as possible. Because what we want to do at that point is hammer the bot with all of the keywords in the niche so that the bot, the bot completely understands what this is all about what that brand is about.
Yeah, and that’s what’s so great about it, guys. And I’m telling you, if you when you order, so fits when you order a drive stack, and you submit, let’s say 200 keywords versus 50. If you were to track two similar projects in Google Search Console, right after the drive stacks have been built, give it a few weeks for things to start getting picked up and all that by Google. You’ll see in Search Console, the end, then impressions. So the number of times that your site has appeared in search results, the top 10 pages of search results. For any given query, you’ll see that the drive stack the project, if you were to test these two things, because I’ve done it, you’ll see that the drive stack that had the 200 keywords versus the one that had 50 will start producing month over month, a much higher impression, growth of impression rate. In other words, you’ll see month over month, the Search Console, the number of impressions that the site has been exposed for increases rapidly compared to the one that only 50 it’ll increase what the one that only has 50 keywords, but not have that exponential growth was rapid growth as it does as the other one. And that’s one of the metrics that I use and reporting to clients guys, is I show them every single month a search console report for the last 28 days. It’s just a screenshot of the performance report inside of search console for the last 28 days and it shows a number of impressions, you know, average number of clicks the click-through rate, that kind of stuff, or a number of clicks and the average click-through rate and that kind of stuff. But I like to show because especially with newer projects as the drive stack starts to get, you know, starts to kick in and, you know, Google starts to crawl or identify more of the files, you’ll start seeing the impression rate start skyrocketing, and it’s in and that goes to show them that the brand is now being associated and given impressions for more and more keywords or search queries. And so that’s exactly what Marco is talking about there.
Okay.
Will There Be An NAP Issue If The Client’s YouTube Channel Name Is Different From Its Website?
All right. The next question was if time allows I have a client who has a different name on the YouTube channel than the website, the main site is an agency and YouTube is a luxury agency. The picture is consistent with other social media properties. Is that a problem? I mean, it only is if it’s causing any sort of any issues because YouTube is considered a citation if you either a video or a channel YouTube channel can be a powerful citation. Guys, if you put the name, address and phone number in the YouTube channel description, that becomes a pretty powerful citation video can do it too.
But you know, again, if you’re trying to keep NAP consistent, and it’s all of the other assets or data points for the NAP is the same except for the name, then I would change the YouTube channel name to match whatever the official agency name is and all of the other like whatever, whatever the Google My Business profile is, if it has one, if you’re not worried about NAP consistency issues, and don’t worry about it, okay, if it’s causing a problem, then I would update it. If it’s not, don’t worry about it.
What Data Should You Provide When Ordering The SEO Shield?
All right. Austin Dom What’s up buddy says I ordered my first SEO shield this morning. Whoo, cause for celebration, but I wanted to make sure I’m filling out the requirements correctly. Is there a video that goes oversupplying the correct data to assign supply keywords with geo modifiers and things like that or just tell them to fill the darn thing out? case overcomplicating? That’s a good question. We are going to be updating the SEO page with some additional information here very soon, guys, we just talked about it again yesterday on our corporate meeting, it is on the books to get updated so that it’ll make it easier for everybody to understand exactly what to order. But to answer your question, right now, Austin, or dawn, I should say, is no don’t include geo modifiers and less. So so the typical answer is the most common answer is No don’t include geo modifiers, because we’re trying to create keyword plus brand Association, not necessarily location Association, although, because the location Association comes if it’s for a local project, it’s going to come from the on-page and the NAP and all of the files and everything including name, address, and phone number and all of that. So the location relevancy is built through the on-page, but the off-page two, the link building and all of that, or do you supply keywords or geo modifiers Okay, I’m sorry.
For the SEO shield that’s not for link building, then that depends on what it is you’re trying to optimize for. So forgive me, for link building, I don’t usually include geo modifiers unless it’s I’m targeting a specific area in a very specific way, which I can’t get into here anyways, but for the RYS drive stack order. I usually don’t include geo modifiers, I usually just want to create the keyword plus brand Association. And so I submit the orders with the market level keywords. Market level keywords are not keywords with local modifiers it’s the product and or service keywords. So that’s typically how I build it. Then once because of the drive stack, the SEO, SEO becomes the main like entity.
You know, it’s to associate a keyword with the entity, the on the low location relevancy is through on-page and then once the original the initial stack is built, if I need to add like location silos within the stack, then I do that right. Do duplicate a folder, optimize it for a specific location, keywords plus locations. And then I’ll have that but the original drive stack is really just to associate the primary keyword with the brand. And then as Marco said as many market-level keywords with the brand as possible, but accomplished location targeting as internal folders in the drive stack and pages on the G site. Marco, how would you suggest you do it, we just updated the form. As a matter of fact, the for this very reason, because we want to know if it’s branded, or if it’s a keyword, we also want to know if it’s a location-based because if it is we do want that in the brand. Remember, if it’s not a location base, then all we want is the brand plus keyword Association. But if it’s local, right with the brand because then the brand becomes local, it’s focused in a geographic area.
Now the way that you do it, it’s fine. But the way that we suggest it is built right from the start of your brand plus location plus keyword Association. And yes, that means location plus brand keyword Association, and any combination there up, because we want that in that main folder. This way, when you separate it and you start keyword targeting, you start going after other market-level keywords, then what we do is, we go after that in there, we don’t need the location anymore, because we have the location with the brand. We’ve already created the association so there’s no need for that location. Now, having said that, what you said is perfectly fine. Do the location plus keyword, excuse me the brand plus keyword but then you’re going to need a location page, right to make up for the lack of location. When you first started the branded site is a brand that’s what we do in the beginning brand location plus keyword or brand plus keyword. So either way, you’re going to have to mention that geolocation. And if you’re going to do additional locations, you’re going to have to add those pages as you go.
Yeah. So just to be clear, for example, you know, most of my clients are service area businesses and they cover most of my clients cover a fairly large surface area. So all the drive stacks that I buy are for market-level keyboard, press play, and Association because I don’t want to optimize the primary stack for any one particular location. For example, for Tree Service client covers a five County area, then I don’t want to marry that brand with any one particular location. And so there’s no way to optimize for all five of those locations with that one drive stack without having location-based folders inside. So like location-based silos essentially inside so for me
The projects that I work on, I always do market-level keyword plus brand Association, then I optimize for locations as internal pages on the G site and or folders on the drive stack. That’s just the way that I do it. Because most of my clients have a service area that covers more than just one specific location or county or city for that matter. And so I don’t want to associate the brand with one specific area when they cover a broad area. So that’s just the way that I do it. But yeah, Marco.
That’s good if we have different, you know, types of drive stacks that you can select from now, so it’s going to make it easier for you guys when you order. And this the scenario that you’re talking about is different, right? It’s different than if we’re doing a DC plumber, for example, which is a brand in and of itself, and it’s targeting the plumbing niche, but unlike a storefront business, right, that’s exactly right. It’s one location and, but it’s serving customers at the location.
And in a service area that’s different than you then if you have multiple locations, if you have multiple locations, as I said, you’re going to have to have, are you going to need multiple location pages inside the G site and drive stack targeting those multiple locations? This is what I thought this question was one location if it’s one location, that you do that right with the initial brand. Yes. So then he says I’m in a heavy hitter club group, which is awesome. Should I join the mastermind group as well? Thanks. Well, to be clear, the heavy hitter group is the technical SEO group. Although SEO is also covered in the mastermind, the heavy SEO stuff is going to be the heavy hitters club. The semantic mastery mastermind is more about business growth and all things around you know building a business not just SEO anymore as it had been for so long.
You know, it’s all things marketing, all things business growth. So prospecting and sales and, you know, entity formation and all, you know, process development system. It’s a systemization or systematization. All of that, you know, outsourcing, delegating all of that kind of stuff. So it just depends on where you’re at Austin Dom with what it is that you need. I think everybody should have, you know, should be working on growing their business, but some people just want to focus on learning more about SEO. So it just depends on what it is that you need. I will, I will tell him definitely, definitely the mastermind. heavy hitter club is going to we’re going to be doing a whole lot of case studies from beginning to end, we’re gonna follow it through, we’re going to see what’s working, see what’s not we’re going to be testing. So we’re not going to give people theory, right? So what we’re going to do is we’re going to take the theory and carry it through from beginning to end to see if we can prove one way or the other. If the theory is sound. During that same time, I mean, it doesn’t matter the master mastermind continues. And it continues, as you said, with business growth, teaching PPC, client acquisition, just a whole lot more that’s involved now awesome. If you’re a business owner, or if you’re a business owner, and you’re thinking about doing both, I wouldn’t recommend that because you have a limited amount of time in which you can do all of these things and you will become a bottleneck in your business so that your business cannot grow. What you will need then is someone, a partner or a trusted VA, or whomever a PA, that you can assign to either the heavy hitter or the mastermind. So that you can get both because what you should be doing is you should be concentrating on going out there and growing your business I mean, you want to get known. You want to you want people to understand who you are, what it is that you do. You want to be out there contacting people you want to be getting in front of clients, closing clients, I don’t know, you want to trust that to somebody else because nobody knows your business better than you.
Now while you’re doing all of that, and while you’re concentrating on all of that, somebody else can be applying these technical SEO methods that we’re going to be going through in the heavy hitter club. And that frees you up, even more, to do whatever it is that you want to do. And in fact, you can have two people, one in the mastermind, one in the heavy hitter, or the same person in the mastermind and the heavy hitter. But I would say that you definitely need both. Because both of these together, as you’ve seen from what we teach, and from what we share here are deadly. Look at the last solutions that work that has both of the systems that have called them in some in mastermind, and in the heavy hitter apply to it. And so one without the other would not have work because it’s a
If what we’re building is an ecosystem where one feeds off the other and where we can give value to people in both.
There you go.
How Do You Move Photos Without Losing Their EXIF Data?
So Mohammed’s up next. Hey guys, what’s a good way to move photos without losing their EXIF data? I noticed that when a client of mine emailed these emails, me pictures they took on their phone, the location data disappears if the client is taking photos at all. I have them uploaded the Google listing through maps. However, I still try to use their geotagged photos and the GMB posts themselves. Though the exit data always disappears when I receive a photo by email text, meaning I gotta add Exif manually. Yeah, so what my clients do. Mohamad is I have my clients deposit photos into a Google Drive, excuse me, Google Photos folder, a shared photo album. So Google Photos shared photo album, so they take photos from their phones and they have their phone settings to where it auto backs them.
To the shared Google Photos album that my VA or my bloggers have access to so that they can just pluck images from the Google Photos folder, which still contains the Geo Data, the EXIF data. Okay. Yeah, because I’m pretty sure when you text images that it automatically strips the metadata out to make the file smaller. And I guess email service providers do the same thing. But when you send them into when you add them to the Google Photos folder that remains intact. So at least that’s the way we’ve been doing it.
Okay, so Google Photos folder is how all of my clients that provide photos, that’s how they provide them to my VAs.
Should You Change All Citations And Social Profiles First Before Changing A GMB Page Name?
A law says, Hello there a client really wants needs to change the name of his GMB. Should we change the name and all the citations and social profiles first to reduce the risk of a GMB getting banned? No, I would not I would never encourage that. Because what happens if you go through all that trouble and it does get banned anyways right then you just went through all that hassle and trouble. Not only that, but it often takes a long time to get, you know, some directories you got to reach out to multiple times to get them to update the listings if they will at all. So you’re better off just changing the name and the GMB and hoping that what I have found though is and I don’t know that this makes any difference at all but in recent talking about this in the mastermind, but I’ve had, I’ve had to change several GMBs I lost a Tree Service contractor recently that was I’ve got several GMBs that I need to read I need to find well I found another Tree Service contractor to take the leads. So I’ve got to rebrand all of them and what I’ve been able to rebrand two out of three so far without any issues. What I’ve done though, first is if it’s connected to a website or whatever, then I make sure the GMB is if the name of the business has been changed and it’s connected the GMB is connected to a website, then I go change all the information on the website first and update the JSON LD the structured data. first, before I update the GMB. Then I update the GMB but that’s just the website and then the GMB okay. And I haven’t had, again, knock on wood. Over the last week, I’ve updated completely rebranded two out of three GMB assets that I needed to find another contractor for, and I haven’t had any issues whatsoever. And that’s how I’ve done it. Now, I’m not saying that you won’t experience a suspension, it could happen. I don’t work for Google. But that’s the way that I do it is if the GMB is connected to a self-hosted website, make sure that is completely updated first, including the JSON LD if you have structured data, which all of you should make sure the structured data is marked is edited, updated first and then update and again. I don’t know that that has any effect, except that I’ve done that twice in the last week.
I haven’t experienced any issues. Okay. Then you go about getting the citations updated that are already published on the web only after you’ve successfully updated your GMB.
Okay. Five o'clock let guys we got to go. Sorry, we didn’t get to all the questions if you didn’t, if you want us to answer the question guys, and they didn’t get answered, either posts them for next week or post them in the free Facebook group and we’ll try to get to them over there. Thanks, everybody, for being here. See you guys.
Bye, everyone.
Weekly Digital Marketing Q&A – Hump Day Hangouts – Episode 278 published first on your-t1-blog-url
0 notes
Text
Weekly Digital Marketing Q&A – Hump Day Hangouts – Episode 278
youtube
Click on the video above to watch Episode 278 of the Semantic Mastery Hump Day Hangouts.
Full timestamps with topics and times can be found at the link above.
The latest upcoming free SEO Q&A Hump Day Hangout can be found at http://semanticmastery.com/humpday.
Announcement
Cool. Let’s get ready to rumble Whoa, hey, this is Episode 278 of Hump Day Hangouts and bring in a little bit more energy today. I’ve been sitting working focused all morning. So I realized I need to bring it since we’re going live. So with that said, we are going to jump into it pretty quick here. We’re going to say hi to everybody. We’ve got some announcements for everyone and then we’re going to hop in and start answering questions. If you want your questions answered, remember go to semanticmastery.com/HDquestion stays the same. You can go there every week. So if you’re checking us out on YouTube, make sure you go there to get your questions answered. So with that said, I’ll start at the bottom today. I’m going to mix things up. Hernan, how are you doing? You look like you’re looking at the floor.
Hernan: Oh man, on the spot, I’m doing good and then well, stormy day today so my connection might not hold but other than that really good. Really excited to be here.
Adam: Sounds good. All right, man. Well, hopefully, people have been checking out your videos. I know I see your videos because we work together. We do a lot of stuff together. But I’ve been using even more videos from you. So I don’t know maybe sometimes what have you talked about how you generate so much content?
We’re cranking up the content machine and also how it’s getting us leads because we did a small training for the inbound prospecting for 2xyouragency. And I’m putting that to the test, stress testing it every day, and it’s liberating. It’s pretty good.
Adam: Awesome. Good stuff. Marco, how are you doing? You’re looking a little bit different today. What’s going on here?
Marco: I’m just celebrating the 34th championship of the team that I’m a fan of in Argentina, not Hernan’s team of course. He has a sucky team. He’s a fan of. But anyway, I root for the underdog, I guess. Yeah, whatever. I like winners but as you can see, Groundhog Day and celebration. I have my beer ready. I made an executive decision. This is a drinking Hump Day Hangout. So now join me.
And if you don’t guys, you want to avoid viruses and all that bullshit. Drink more beer. Keesha healthy tears well here’s what the water has a beer. I’m gonna head out for a run after this. So I’ve had some bad experiences with beer and running so and if it doesn’t keep you healthy, it’ll make you feel better anyway. Like, enjoy the way out. So, alright, so look at that again. See, I kept telling us so for about five years I kept saying how beautiful it was. Beautiful. It was warm and sunny, warm and sunny, warm and sunny, warm and rainy. Now you can get a look get a good book, because I’m going to turn it off because too much sun is bad for you guys.
Well, we’ll go away from the sunshine cuz I know it’s night but Chris. How are you doing man? Yeah, doing good. Like the weather is excellent. I think we had 19 degrees Celsius today so summer is definitely on this March here obviously you can’t see it it’s night so I’ll take your word for it yeah you could be maybe you just move to your apartment somewhere else but yeah we’ll assume it’s nighttime and the most leading the gym pretty hard at the moment as long as they still let me.
Fair enough. Are you waiting
good deal and last but not least Bradley How you doing today? I’m peachy.
Alright, I like it. I’m just gonna roll with them Bradley’s good to go. So I’m going to loop back around to something Hernan said he was talking about 2xyouragency. If you haven’t heard about that yet, it’s basically if you’re an agency owner or even a consultant, if you want to get more clients, if you want to grow your revenue per client, want to scale your team. That is where you should go and join us 2xyouragency.com that’s where you can find out more about it and come join us for those have you who are joining us looking for step by step processes for your SEO, everything from new websites, age domains, YouTube channels, whatever it is, go check out the Battle Plan at battleplan.semanticmastery.com.
In that same vein, we keep telling people and it’s for a very good reason, which I won’t go into here, except saving time making sure you’re working on the higher level stuff. We advise people to get it done for you, whether that means hiring a VA, starting to build your own team or leveraging mgyb.co. Right going getting syndication networks made, press releases, link building, whatever it is you need done doing that so that you can grow your business right, you got to spend the time working on your pipeline processes and growing. So head on over to mgyb.co to find out about that as well. Subscribers, get some good perks and then that’s all I’m gonna say about that, but you got to be a subscriber.
And last but not least on my end, I want to tell everyone about POFU Live. You can see the current count of tickets remaining. It is decreasing if you go over to pofulive.com it’s going to be last weekend in September 2020 in Boston, Massachusetts. So we’re going to be meeting up there. We’re going to have a VIP day on that Friday. We’re going to meet up and have a lot of fun get together with everybody. I’m not sure quite yet what we’re going to do. But let’s see the first year we did a brewery tasting, took a bus around a bunch of different breweries. We had a lot of fun with that at dinner together. Then last year, we went and raced go karts. Some of us actually raced the go karts. Some people drove around it like five miles an hour and scared us I’m not gonna name names, but it was a lot of fun. We got guest speakers coming in. And we’ve got a lot of knowledge both for us to share to you but also for you to share between each other. So it’s a great environment for that. Like I said, it’s gonna be over the last weekend in September. So go check it out at pofulive.com, limited number of tickets when they’re gone. They are gone.
With that said, Guys, anything else we need to cover before we dive into questions today? Yeah, but what happens if Corona virus hits in Boston in September, man just TBD. We’ll Yeah, we’re gonna have to wait and see so drink Modelo Corona virus is still here, right? Yeah that said I will say if people buy tickets, you know and it is canceled that you know we’ll work something out we’re not gonna just keep all your money and say Tough luck. We’ll work something out but I would imagine as time gets closer we’ll understand what’s going on much better. Does anybody else tired of the media overblown, this coronavirus ship because I feel like
Unknown Speaker 6:34 there’s a mass hysteria that’s being generated by the media because honestly, I don’t think that it’s any more you know, bad often like the typical flu but it’s just non stop coverage and everybody’s freaking out about it. So anyways, well, they shut down the borders typically mean Yeah, I know. I land borders. I don’t know. Maybe cuz I don’t know anybody that’s been hit by but anyways. Alright, so we didn’t get any other way. I do some questions and focus on helping these people out.
Unknown Speaker 7:00 I did get the training done for the last week of the two x your results training for the two extra agency that I just finished recording that today. So it should be in the members area by the end of the week. Just to let you guys know next week we start the two x your business which is about scaling and growth. So next on the homestretch. Let’s go. All right, let me grab the screen and we’ll get into questions.
Okay.
How Does A Social Fortress Type Of Links Work Out With SEO Shield?
All right. So it looks like I don’t know if these were answered last week or not. I’ll start there. Uh, he says if you already have social fortress type of links, how does that work out if I ordered a shield? I don’t know. Social fortress type of links. I guess that’s like a syndication network or something. I’m not exactly sure what that is. But since I don’t know what that is, I don’t know how that integrates with the shield. But I guarantee you it’s not a shield, shield. So I would say just get it. You can’t hurt your entity with an SEO shoot, I can tell you that as long as it’s built correctly.
So I would say order one. No, Matt, I don’t know, I’m not sure what social fortress links are. But I can guarantee you they’re not doing with the not the same thing that the SEO shield does. They might not implement it, though very well, which would in that case, you would actually want to include the social fortress links, I’m assuming profile URLs and such into the actual SEO shield built. Right so that you’re kind of interlinking all of those properties together. I’m just wondering if someone copy Canada’s already. SEO shield is brand new, but I wouldn’t be surprised if someone had knocked it off already. Yeah, that’s not it. If you go to the question above that we didn’t answer that.
Unknown Speaker 8:51 Okay. I do remember this guy from last week. He says how much money will be needed for a complete project like that? I don’t know which project were we talking about? We were talking about about how simple not easy. It was how we would set up the SEO shield, not the fortune, our SEO shield. And then after that, we would do the press releases the link building embeds link building, watch how everything settles and then just do adjust right as we go. Because we could always have it add depth and breadth to the G drive site, do something that keyword-oriented instead of branding and so the answer is that as the top-level, SEO power shield is only 375 bucks. Link Building. I don’t know if you get that the top.
The top one, a couple of hundred bucks. Some press releases five press releases what 500 bucks on top. I’ve said it was about 1200 bucks, but we’re talking about investing time. Hundred bucks on the niche, not 1200 bucks to see if you can compete in the niche. It’s literally to go after the big boys that that’s what you need. And then you’re maybe a little bit more because you’re going to need to do monthly link building monthly embeds, you’re going to need to expand that dry stack writer to isolate those keywords are the tougher ones, because you will find that some keywords are tougher than others. So they might need a little bit more action. But that’s what we’re talking about.
How much are you gonna pay for a website? I know websites that can cost upwards of $100,000 average in I think Miami’s $15,000. For a website, we talked about 1500 bucks for the niche figure, think about doing the numbers, do the math. And you’ll see that it’s totally worth investing. If you want to just start with the SEO shield and some link building to see what it does. I mean that that’s on a five 600 bucks, and then you’re gonna know, after 21 days when the Google that settles where everything is and just how much more you’re going to need to get after it. I can tell you that local is a whole lot easier except for some of the higher-end niches right if you’re going after cosmetic surgeon in Beverly Hills, of course, that’s going to take a little bit more.
I’ll go back to my friend in what was the Toronto Vancouver run after DUI attorney in one of the biggest cities in Canada is going to take a little bit more but really you know, if you work if local if you’re working in conjunction with that GMB and you’re applying local GMB pro methods, it I call that a two for one special because you’re approaching that from from from from two different ways. But you’re adding power to that entity you’re adding so much more value to your entity making it more trusted, authoritative in the niche, much more so than anybody else. And if you go deeper into that, which we recommend, which is adding schema, and adding individual paid schema ending, and adding video schema, author, anything that you can on the page so that you can direct the bot exactly where you want the bot to go. And then at the unstructured data level, you can actually structure it through skip navigation links, jump links column like what you want. There are so many ways that you can get even more power out of this you can do more and build more so that it’s a win.
Yeah, are you going to take over nothing if you’re going to take over your niche and it sounds easy? No. We spent years literally in the lab coming up with this formula so that we can give it to you guys and make it simple for you guys to order so that you can get results. By no means is that easy. Because I can tell you that I spent hundreds of hours working on the weekends to put all of this shit together. So it wasn’t as if it’s just okay you by I push the button, and I came up with this idea and all of a sudden, boom, there it is there’s no magic pill, it’s hard work, but we tried to do is all of the hard work for you ahead of time, so that you don’t have to.
Yeah, cuz there’s still a lot that goes into that. But that the trying to try to discover the methods, that’s where that’s an enormous amount of time. So even though once the methods been discovered, and refined, it still takes a lot of effort and time to be able to implement unless you buy them done for you services, which is what we keep encouraging you to do. But you can imagine trying to try to identify that method or develop that method is really where the vast majority of Time goes. So you know when when
When you say it can’t be that that easy or that simple, it really is simple. It didn’t say it was easy. That doesn’t mean that there’s not a lot of complexity to putting it together in the proper order and everything else. But it really is. It’s a formula as Marco just said, it’s, it’s literally a formula you plug in, you know, you, you put all the pieces together in the right order. And then it’s just a matter of there are some variables, but it’s a matter of like link building and events, for example, how much do you need to push to get the desired result. But other than that, it’s the same process over and over again. So it becomes like a repeatable process, which is really the key and that’s the whole point is, I can’t tell you how many times we’ve talked to people in the mastermind or, you know, that have become members or, you know, followers or whatever.
In the mastermind, we often have calls with, you know, new members, to talk with them and find out about their business and one of the things that we hear often is that people have a hard time getting reliable results, repeatable results. In other words, they might have five projects out there, one or two of them are doing really well. But the other ones aren’t doing so well. And they don’t know what they did on the ones that are doing so well to get them to work, like to produce results. And that that becomes an issue, how can you have confidence in pitching your services and selling your services to clients and prospects and that sort of thing, if you’re never really sure that you can get the results, right. So that’s kind of the point is that we develop these methods, because over and over and over again, time and again, we’re able to achieve results, and virtually, you know, no competition. And what I mean by that is, in almost any every situation, it’s just a matter of how much we put into the actual process to get results. Like, sometimes it’s easy, and it happens very quickly. Sometimes it requires a lot more. But in any case, it’s the same process, right? So that we can always know with certainty with confidence that we’re going to be able to get results in a particular industry, the timeframe is all that is really adjustable. Right? And again, a client if we’re in a competitive industry, and that is going to require more than it just requires, if somebody wants it done like results in the same amount of time that a less competitive industry would get, that’s fine. We can still do it. It just requires more budget because we need to throw more at it. Does that make sense? So again, it’s just a, it becomes a repeatable process. There are some variables, but those are all.
Unknown Speaker 16:26 You know, they can be calculated, basically. So that’s why I love this method. Because even I didn’t have a repeatable method that I would use over and over and over again until the last couple of years. And now it’s really unfair because we know we can win no matter what, right?
Do you want to comment on that, Marco, before I move on?
No, no, that’s a good question. By the way, it was.
How Long Do The Links From Press Releases Last?
Alright, so he says, How long do links from press releases last? It depends. It depends on the publication that they’re published. Sometimes some, some of them, it’s 30 days, some of its 90 days, some of them are 180 days, some of them it’s indefinite, meaning they don’t purge at all. So it just depends. So it really depends. That’s why press releases aren’t something that it’s not, it’s not usually a one and done thing. It’s something that you should be doing consistently. Even if it’s just once a month, you know, the idea is to, once you start doing them is to continue doing them. For all most of my clients, at the very least, they’re getting one every two weeks. But most for all clients that I’ve taken on recently and new on on incoming clients, I do one press release per week, that’s just part of my monthly services. So they’re paying for that, right that’s part of it. But you know, some clients might even want to per week, it just depends on how aggressive they need to be. But the point is, is that once you start doing them as long as you’re doing them fairly consistently, then you won’t ever have to worry about when the links drop off because there’ll be no ones behind. Okay. By the way, go check out local PR pro we talk about how to extend that even more.
Alright, so the next question is first is not really a question. It’s kind of response because Bibi asked a bunch of questions last week, and so he was explaining himself here or she. So anyways, says, hey guys, just to note that, of course, nobody here disrespects the other members, I saw that nobody was asking questions. So I filled it up, feel free to answer other people’s questions when I blast off. I need the questions to be written so I can clear it from my head. And then it won’t bug me I get that. So I appreciate the explanation and no problem at all.
He says I know that also about me asking a lot of questions. I know this is the case right now and I won’t get the answers right away and not all of them at once because I’m not in the mastermind and I have to wait for a week. I’m on the path to one k a month. I’ve started the RSS masher and have another lead gen project and promoting.
Let’s see how it goes. Maybe in the future. Who knows. Yeah, well that’s the idea is to come here.
You know Mohammed who I think he has to quit? Yeah, of course, he did. There’s Mohammed right there. He’s been one that has come and asked questions and implemented, you know, what he learns, and then has come and joined the mastermind and then has left a mastermind and then come back to the mastermind. And so it’s perfectly fine. That’s the idea. We tell you guys to come here, use this forum to help get your business in a position where you can come join our paid trading our mastermind, where you can get even more Business Growth Training.
So yeah, the problem is that this forum is limited to an hour. So we have to get as many people as possible so that we can be fair. In the mastermind. However, you can go into our Facebook group, and ask as many questions as you want, as many times as you want. And all of us are in there, including Rob, answering the questions. Yeah. So that we’re not enough because that in and of itself, is is consider it enough because nobody, nobody else doing that nobody else is sitting there and taking the time to answer their membership questions, right? We do it.
Then what we decided to do is split the mastermind right into five different webinars. So each one of the members, it should be the founders has a webinar every other week. So what you’re getting is now it since it’s live, it’s five times the value because you’re getting different points of view. You, as a matter of fact, you can ask a question, whatever it is, and ask it to each one of the five members. And you’re going to get a different perspective. We were talking we were just talking about this yesterday. I come at it from math, and testing, and an SEO point of view, plus all of the experience that I’ve had in the last almost 17 years that I’ve been online, but Adam, you know, he has a background. he’s a physicist, I believe it correct me if I’m wrong.
So he has that analytical aspect to it, her Nan, and he does a lot of things with pay per click advertising. He also has a lot of experience with clients. He has a business background. He has his own perspective, you do a lot of local Bradley, and you have your own perspective. Chris has a coding background. He has his own perspective. So you’re going to get a whole lot more if you join the mastermind than you could ever get in here. Which is why this was set up yet. We can answer your questions in that 10,000-foot overview. But we can’t get technical with you. We can’t go and delve we can’t go look at your website. We can’t give you advice because we don’t have enough information. But we’ve set it up so that you can give us all of the information in the other places that we’ve set up for this to happen. So I think that if you’re not in the mastermind, that you’re needing all of this information, then you should definitely join them as well.
How To Rank For A Keyword And Its Synonyms?
so the first question was how to rank for a keyword and as synonyms which silo to use the post created as long-form dogs and puppies are the same. Okay. All right. So I think I talked about this last week when you because I believe this is a repost from last week because we didn’t get to them. But when it comes to how to rank for a keyword in a synonym, again, there’s a lot to that, right. We could spend the whole hour just talking about that specifically, but I’m just gonna point you to, but I’ve wanted in the past if you go into, In fact, let me just open a new tab, go to YouTube.com, okay. Search for semantic mastery. Or you could just go to youtube.com/semanticmastery, that’s fine. You can do that as well. Click through to our channel right there, use the channel search feature. Right there in search of silo structure. Okay, that’s all you need to search for a silo structure. There’s simple silo structure set up complex silo structure, set up those two videos, watch them, that’ll teach you how to set up silos on your website.
I prefer simple silos over complex silos any day of the week, because, well, there’s easier, they’re simple and easier to manage. But there are times where that makes it makes sense to have a complex silo. So I would go through that as a kind of foundation. To answer your question, as far as how does, how to rank a keyword in its synonyms, because that’s what silo structures are all about. You take the broadest of terms, and you put that at the top of the silo and then you take all the long tail versions and synonyms and such that are tightly within that particular keyword theme. And you use those as, as current as supporting articles. In other words, you optimize content that is supporting articles for those supporting keywords. you place them within that particular silo and then if you understand internal linking throughout the silo and how to do that correctly, then what happens is the entire keyword theme, the entire silo the category right? content silo creates, it creates buoyancy, right? Because all of those are interlinked correctly, it creates a theme that when the bots come and read it, they kind of understand what the theme of that is, what the topic is and what the theme of that particular content silo is. And it kind of helps all of the keywords within their within also all of the content within that silo to start to rise up in the search engines provided it was done correctly. So that’s kind of the whole point is to learn how to rank the primary keyword but also the synonyms and everything else by using solid structure. It’s very, very effective. And it’s it still works to this day. If anybody says it doesn’t, they’re crazy. So when it comes to that,
hopefully, that’ll answer your questions as far as that is concerned with. When it comes to the next question he says, Is syndicating to the branded properties a post with a few sentences and an anchor text of the synonym to the original money site post will give a boost to the synonym? No, not necessarily. I mean, it can but I don’t suggest syndicating short posts with just a couple of sentences because that’s thin content. It’s not going to have nearly as good an effect as if you have well-done content guys, content does matter. Believe it or not. So I was just talking about this in two x your agency training.
Recently, you know, we use curated content my bloggers do for all of my all projects, we use curated content as the content marketing strategy, which is part of the SEO strategy, right. So my, in the same type of train, the training that my bloggers have all gone through, to learn how to curate is Content Kingpin, it’s the same train like, it’s exactly how I learned how to do it years ago, I created a training course around it, which was originally to train virtual assistants to become bloggers for me. But then we turned it into a product, which you guys can purchase is called content kingpin. Anyways, that teaches you how to curate content. And it’s really set up to teach virtual assistants to do it so that you’re not doing it yourself. But that content is efficient to produce. It’s highly relevant. It creates co-citation because you’re linking to related and relevant content sources. And you are able to gather, collect and curate content from subject matter experts about whatever topic it is that you’re blogging about. So the bloggers you don’t have to be a subject matter expert and neither do your bloggers to be able to produce high-quality content about the subject because all they’re going to do.
The method about curating content is learning how to collect Gather, Gather relevant content from high authority sites or from subject matter experts, then organize it. And then create new blog posts where you’re trying to convey an idea or a theme or topic, you know, whatever you’re trying to convey an idea, but you’re using other people’s content to support or argue against that idea if that makes sense, depending on how you write the post. But it’s super powerful because it becomes a unique post its original content, even though you’re borrowing content from others. Because the way that you’re organizing it, it becomes a unique piece of content, a new original piece of content that has snippets of curated content, and it’s well done and it creates co-citation. So it’s super powerful for SEO. So that’s what I would recommend that you do and in the mastermind, again, we’re talking about in the mastermind. Since we split our mastermind webinars apart now and I’m doing my own separate webinars. For the next several months. I’m going to be working on building out an actual case study site for the members in the tree service industry covering exactly how we do this, including content marketing and targeting individual locations with posts. So we do what we call geo posts or location posts that are posts optimized for keywords within the silo that we’re trying to rank for as well as individual locations. But we do it all through curated blog posts. And it’s super, super powerful. That’s a much better way to do it. Because if you’re going to be publishing content to your branded network, you don’t want then blog posts that you’re using specifically just and only for the link back. That’s not the point. You want to build that relevancy, the topical and or location, relevancy through your content marketing. And the way you the way that the most efficient way to do that, in my opinion, is through content curation.
So now with that said, Yes, by linking back from a well written or well-curated piece of content that you’re going to syndicate out to your branded network, then yeah, when you’re linking back to the target pages on your site, right, the ones that you’re trying to rank, you’re using the blog to help rank those pages through the internal link of the blog post, then yeah, you want to vary your anchor text, you want to have diversity. So use those keywords within that same keyword set within that same silo use variations, longer tail versions, LSI keywords, synonyms, naked URLs, generics, brand, brand plus keyword, all of those can be used in different combinations to link back to the target URLs on your site that you’re trying to promote. Guys, even internal anchor text is important. Now, it used to be where I used to just hammer for internal links, so links within the same silo, for example, I’d use the same anchor text to link up to the service page over and over and over again, but even that now you’re better off using diverse like diversifying the anchor text. And again, Marco talks about this a lot. But you know, you want to also start building that brand name next to keywords so that you can start to create brand plus keyword association. And you can do that with content marketing and internal linking. So that’s something else that I would recommend. But yes, as far as to answer your question, I know that was long-winded. But I kind of wanted to, you know, first of all, make sure that you understand that publishing really thin content posts, just for the sake of the link isn’t effective at all. Right? Isn’t it just not helpful. So you’re better off producing better quality content, less of it if needed, but it will be weighted heavier by Google. And for that, when you’re linking back to the pages that you’re trying to promote on the site, yes, use a variety of keywords and different anchor text types, as opposed to just always keywords so that you can start to build a broader kind of picture of that keyword theme for Google if that makes sense. Do you want to comment on anybody?
Nope. Okay, moving on.
Why Do You Use Multiple Tier 1 Network For YouTube?
Why would you use multiple tier one networks for YouTube instead of just a single tier one and multiple tier twos?
because it doesn’t matter with YouTube, it doesn’t matter what configurations you use, you can. What I found was years ago, I haven’t done this test and at least three, probably four years now. But several years ago, I tested a YouTube channel that had multiple tier-one rings versus a YouTube channel that had the same number of total rings, but they were set up in two-tier structures. And what I’d found at that time when I did the testing, and I did extensively across multiple projects, but I found that the videos that would get syndicated out to the YouTube channel that only had, you know, let’s say, eight tier-one rings, let’s just use that as an example, which would be the same as to two-tier networks, right? Because a two-tier network through MGYB, the way that we build them is one branded ring and three persona rings. So it’s a total of four rings per two-tier network. So on the channel that I would have eight single tear rings, the video would rank faster than if I had submitted this similar video similar keywords to a channel that had two two-tier networks attached to it. So two single-tier rings with a total of six tier-two rings, if that makes sense, right? I would test it by uploading a video to either one and tracking the results. What happened was you and again, this was years ago, guys, I haven’t tested this in years. So I don’t know that it makes any difference at all now, but back then you’re the video that went out to just a single tier ring would typically rank faster. But it would also if no additional SEO work was done other than just syndicating it out to the network’s it would start to slip it would start to fall in rankings faster than the video that I would push through the two-tier networks which would be slower to rank but once it would rank it would stick longer if that makes sense. So anyway, that’s why I do it. It’s there’s probably I haven’t tested it in years. I don’t know if there’s any difference at all if one’s more effective than the other at all. Anything more. So it’s really just a matter of preference. I always prefer the two-tier network setups for YouTube channels. But you can do it however you see fit, right?
Why themed ring isn’t a branded ring? Can you give an example of this non-branded ring? Yeah, well, like if it’s Joe’s Tree Service is the company. But you can have a persona ring which would be like, I don’t know, john smith. And then you can have a themed ring, a topically themed ring or even a geographically themed syndication network if that makes it if you understand what I’m saying. So for example, if it’s, it shows Tree Service, there could be a john smith could be a persona ring, but then a theme during a topically themed rig can be a syndication network about gardening or landscaping, or home improvement for even for that matter, or a time that’s a topical themed topically themed network, a location the network could be a network about syndication network that’s optimized for Culpepper, Virginia because Joe’s tree services in Culpepper, Virginia. Is that clear? So, but it’s just a way that if you’re going to syndicate content to other networks, you don’t want them to only if, for blog syndication, you don’t want to continually syndicate content to other networks other than branded networks. If that’s the only content getting syndicated, you want to mix it up on the other networks, other than the branded networks, you’d want to have additional related relevant content on those networks, to where it’s not clearly being used to only promote your one brand. Okay.
All right, that was a lot. Moving on. How do you price the leads? That’s going to depend, you know, for Tree Service stuff, I usually do a when I’m pricing leads, I look at what the average cost per click value is for the top keywords that produce leads in Google ads. So I go into the Google Ads dashboard.
Use the keyword planner, take a look at what the cost per click the average cost per click is there. That will give you a range it will show you what your average, your minimum cost per click bid has to be on the first page at all for ads. But if you want to be in the top section or give you a low range and high range, and I always base mine off of whatever the high ranges, and then usually anywhere between two to three times the cost per click is what an average lead would be depending on it depends on the area. But you know for Tree Service leads like I often charge somewhere around $50 per lead. It depends on the area again but on average although I just recently took on a new the guy that I’m going to be building I mentioned this in the mastermind I’m going to be building a case study for a Tree Service contractor site that he gave me permission to use his project is part of my case study so that I can share it with my our students or members I should say and so I’m selling leads to him for 30 bucks. But that’s important because I’m getting to use it as a training opportunity. But my point is that yeah, I mean, you just really have to price it. It’s going to depend.
4I uses Google ads as a way to kind of determine the value for leads, but other people do it in other ways. Does anybody have a comment on that?
How Do You Rank A Local Franchise With Limited Access To Its National Corporate Website And GMB Page?
Now, moving on, Jeff says, Hey, guys, thanks for all the info and motivation you provide on a daily basis. My question is, I just landed a local franchisee for a national Corporation. They have zero access to the corporate website page and limited access to their GMB. Given these restrictions. What would be the best course of action to get their GMB moving upward? Follow the SEO SEO to move on any other recommendations have a spectacular week? Yeah, that that would be what I would do if you can’t do anything to the GMB itself really. And you have no access at all to their website. Then that’s all you can do is right is to push the off-page as much as possible and the SEO SEO to be absolutely where I’d start. And then from there, it would be a matter of, you know, you could use press releases for content marketing, you can almost use press releases as the blog really. So you could set up though, you know, an organization page and then press blog through the press, you know, through the press releases that can actually act as kind of like a blog because you get an RSS feed and everything from that. So you could use the actual press release, like if you’re using it through MGYB, or if you have your own subscription to Press Advantage, you could use the RSS feed from the organization page for that brand to actually feed the syndication network, right. And that way, you don’t even have to have a WordPress blog because you can use the press advantage for that matter for the blog essentially. Or you could always find you could always attempt to try to get a subdomain WordPress installation on for your franchisee site so that you have a blog that you can use for content marketing. But if you’re not going to do any of that stuff, then yeah, just stick with the off-page stuff and just hammer it
Does anybody want to comment on that one? Marco? I hear you trying.
Okay, his mic is not working. So try again Marco. Can you hear me? I can now? Yes. Yeah. Okay. Aside from using the Press Advantage that the media pays and using his present, he says he can also use the G site. You can build that out. Yeah, I use that. I use that for Legion and to push power into the GMB and into the client site. That works perfectly well. You have to remember that announcement pages when it’s like a blog post because when you do that, the announcement page will also have an RSS feed. Right? It’s so that so they carry that out so you can use that to populate so you can use both you use press releases, and your G site to populate your RSS feed, and to push into your syndication network. I mean, there are tons of ways that you can use all of these things. You either have to think outside the box or come join our mastermind, so that we can give you direction on how you would implement all of these different things. Right.
How Many Keywords Should You Use In An RYS Stack Order?
All right, Fitz is up. What’s up, Fitz? He says, Thanks for creating a space where he can get real-world answers that work. I ordered the keyword research, how many keywords should I use and my RYS stack order, if time allows, I’ll get to that next. Use it I mean, as many as you can, I think for the, our, I’m pretty sure for the drive stack order you want they want a minimum of, we want a minimum of 50 keywords, but more is better. So if you ordered the keyword research, just submit your primary, you know, content silo groups with your order.
You know, so that’s, that’s typically I usually what I typically do guys is because we’re looking for like 200 keywords for a link building order, that’s the recommended minimum to submit with a link building order, I always try to get the 200 keyword list developed before I order the drive stack or the SEO shield. Because that way I already have the keywords, I just submit those same 200 ish keywords for the drive stack build, and it’s going to be the same keywords that end up getting used in the link building orders too. So that’s just let you know that’s how I do it.
So if you have you know, just it more is better, as long as they’re relevant. That’s the point. Okay.
He said that but what we think is relevant may or may not be what Google thinks is relevant. Because we push anything and everything we can anything and everything we find that related to that keyword. That’s why we suggest ordering that the keyword research because we get hundreds of thousands of keywords from sem rush. A lot of times which we filter down like that they’ll get filtered down as to how many keywords as
As many as possible because your brand stack is going to create the brand plus location plus keyword Association if it’s local. And if it’s not, then it’s brand plus keyword. But it’s essential to associate that brand to as many keywords in the niche as possible. Because what we want to do at that point is hammer the bot with all of the keywords in the niche so that the bot, the bot completely understands what this is all about what that brand is about.
Yeah, and that’s what’s so great about it, guys. And I’m telling you, if you when you order, so fits when you order a drive stack, and you submit, let’s say 200 keywords versus 50. If you were to track two similar projects in Google Search Console, right after the drive stacks have been built, give it a few weeks for things to start getting picked up and all that by Google. You’ll see in Search Console, the end, then impressions. So the number of times that your site has appeared in search results, the top 10 pages of search results. For any given query, you’ll see that the drive stack the project, if you were to test these two things, because I’ve done it, you’ll see that the drive stack that had the 200 keywords versus the one that had 50 will start producing month over month, a much higher impression, growth of impression rate. In other words, you’ll see month over month, the Search Console, the number of impressions that the site has been exposed for increases rapidly compared to the one that only 50 it’ll increase what the one that only has 50 keywords, but not have that exponential growth was rapid growth as it does as the other one. And that’s one of the metrics that I use and reporting to clients guys, is I show them every single month a search console report for the last 28 days. It’s just a screenshot of the performance report inside of search console for the last 28 days and it shows a number of impressions, you know, average number of clicks the click-through rate, that kind of stuff, or a number of clicks and the average click-through rate and that kind of stuff. But I like to show because especially with newer projects as the drive stack starts to get, you know, starts to kick in and, you know, Google starts to crawl or identify more of the files, you’ll start seeing the impression rate start skyrocketing, and it’s in and that goes to show them that the brand is now being associated and given impressions for more and more keywords or search queries. And so that’s exactly what Marco is talking about there.
Okay.
Will There Be An NAP Issue If The Client’s YouTube Channel Name Is Different From Its Website?
All right. The next question was if time allows I have a client who has a different name on the YouTube channel than the website, the main site is an agency and YouTube is a luxury agency. The picture is consistent with other social media properties. Is that a problem? I mean, it only is if it’s causing any sort of any issues because YouTube is considered a citation if you either a video or a channel YouTube channel can be a powerful citation. Guys, if you put the name, address and phone number in the YouTube channel description, that becomes a pretty powerful citation video can do it too.
But you know, again, if you’re trying to keep NAP consistent, and it’s all of the other assets or data points for the NAP is the same except for the name, then I would change the YouTube channel name to match whatever the official agency name is and all of the other like whatever, whatever the Google My Business profile is, if it has one, if you’re not worried about NAP consistency issues, and don’t worry about it, okay, if it’s causing a problem, then I would update it. If it’s not, don’t worry about it.
What Data Should You Provide When Ordering The SEO Shield?
All right. Austin Dom What’s up buddy says I ordered my first SEO shield this morning. Whoo, cause for celebration, but I wanted to make sure I’m filling out the requirements correctly. Is there a video that goes oversupplying the correct data to assign supply keywords with geo modifiers and things like that or just tell them to fill the darn thing out? case overcomplicating? That’s a good question. We are going to be updating the SEO page with some additional information here very soon, guys, we just talked about it again yesterday on our corporate meeting, it is on the books to get updated so that it’ll make it easier for everybody to understand exactly what to order. But to answer your question, right now, Austin, or dawn, I should say, is no don’t include geo modifiers and less. So so the typical answer is the most common answer is No don’t include geo modifiers, because we’re trying to create keyword plus brand Association, not necessarily location Association, although, because the location Association comes if it’s for a local project, it’s going to come from the on-page and the NAP and all of the files and everything including name, address, and phone number and all of that. So the location relevancy is built through the on-page, but the off-page two, the link building and all of that, or do you supply keywords or geo modifiers Okay, I’m sorry.
For the SEO shield that’s not for link building, then that depends on what it is you’re trying to optimize for. So forgive me, for link building, I don’t usually include geo modifiers unless it’s I’m targeting a specific area in a very specific way, which I can’t get into here anyways, but for the RYS drive stack order. I usually don’t include geo modifiers, I usually just want to create the keyword plus brand Association. And so I submit the orders with the market level keywords. Market level keywords are not keywords with local modifiers it’s the product and or service keywords. So that’s typically how I build it. Then once because of the drive stack, the SEO, SEO becomes the main like entity.
You know, it’s to associate a keyword with the entity, the on the low location relevancy is through on-page and then once the original the initial stack is built, if I need to add like location silos within the stack, then I do that right. Do duplicate a folder, optimize it for a specific location, keywords plus locations. And then I’ll have that but the original drive stack is really just to associate the primary keyword with the brand. And then as Marco said as many market-level keywords with the brand as possible, but accomplished location targeting as internal folders in the drive stack and pages on the G site. Marco, how would you suggest you do it, we just updated the form. As a matter of fact, the for this very reason, because we want to know if it’s branded, or if it’s a keyword, we also want to know if it’s a location-based because if it is we do want that in the brand. Remember, if it’s not a location base, then all we want is the brand plus keyword Association. But if it’s local, right with the brand because then the brand becomes local, it’s focused in a geographic area.
Now the way that you do it, it’s fine. But the way that we suggest it is built right from the start of your brand plus location plus keyword Association. And yes, that means location plus brand keyword Association, and any combination there up, because we want that in that main folder. This way, when you separate it and you start keyword targeting, you start going after other market-level keywords, then what we do is, we go after that in there, we don’t need the location anymore, because we have the location with the brand. We’ve already created the association so there’s no need for that location. Now, having said that, what you said is perfectly fine. Do the location plus keyword, excuse me the brand plus keyword but then you’re going to need a location page, right to make up for the lack of location. When you first started the branded site is a brand that’s what we do in the beginning brand location plus keyword or brand plus keyword. So either way, you’re going to have to mention that geolocation. And if you’re going to do additional locations, you’re going to have to add those pages as you go.
Yeah. So just to be clear, for example, you know, most of my clients are service area businesses and they cover most of my clients cover a fairly large surface area. So all the drive stacks that I buy are for market-level keyboard, press play, and Association because I don’t want to optimize the primary stack for any one particular location. For example, for Tree Service client covers a five County area, then I don’t want to marry that brand with any one particular location. And so there’s no way to optimize for all five of those locations with that one drive stack without having location-based folders inside. So like location-based silos essentially inside so for me
The projects that I work on, I always do market-level keyword plus brand Association, then I optimize for locations as internal pages on the G site and or folders on the drive stack. That’s just the way that I do it. Because most of my clients have a service area that covers more than just one specific location or county or city for that matter. And so I don’t want to associate the brand with one specific area when they cover a broad area. So that’s just the way that I do it. But yeah, Marco.
That’s good if we have different, you know, types of drive stacks that you can select from now, so it’s going to make it easier for you guys when you order. And this the scenario that you’re talking about is different, right? It’s different than if we’re doing a DC plumber, for example, which is a brand in and of itself, and it’s targeting the plumbing niche, but unlike a storefront business, right, that’s exactly right. It’s one location and, but it’s serving customers at the location.
And in a service area that’s different than you then if you have multiple locations, if you have multiple locations, as I said, you’re going to have to have, are you going to need multiple location pages inside the G site and drive stack targeting those multiple locations? This is what I thought this question was one location if it’s one location, that you do that right with the initial brand. Yes. So then he says I’m in a heavy hitter club group, which is awesome. Should I join the mastermind group as well? Thanks. Well, to be clear, the heavy hitter group is the technical SEO group. Although SEO is also covered in the mastermind, the heavy SEO stuff is going to be the heavy hitters club. The semantic mastery mastermind is more about business growth and all things around you know building a business not just SEO anymore as it had been for so long.
You know, it’s all things marketing, all things business growth. So prospecting and sales and, you know, entity formation and all, you know, process development system. It’s a systemization or systematization. All of that, you know, outsourcing, delegating all of that kind of stuff. So it just depends on where you’re at Austin Dom with what it is that you need. I think everybody should have, you know, should be working on growing their business, but some people just want to focus on learning more about SEO. So it just depends on what it is that you need. I will, I will tell him definitely, definitely the mastermind. heavy hitter club is going to we’re going to be doing a whole lot of case studies from beginning to end, we’re gonna follow it through, we’re going to see what’s working, see what’s not we’re going to be testing. So we’re not going to give people theory, right? So what we’re going to do is we’re going to take the theory and carry it through from beginning to end to see if we can prove one way or the other. If the theory is sound. During that same time, I mean, it doesn’t matter the master mastermind continues. And it continues, as you said, with business growth, teaching PPC, client acquisition, just a whole lot more that’s involved now awesome. If you’re a business owner, or if you’re a business owner, and you’re thinking about doing both, I wouldn’t recommend that because you have a limited amount of time in which you can do all of these things and you will become a bottleneck in your business so that your business cannot grow. What you will need then is someone, a partner or a trusted VA, or whomever a PA, that you can assign to either the heavy hitter or the mastermind. So that you can get both because what you should be doing is you should be concentrating on going out there and growing your business I mean, you want to get known. You want to you want people to understand who you are, what it is that you do. You want to be out there contacting people you want to be getting in front of clients, closing clients, I don’t know, you want to trust that to somebody else because nobody knows your business better than you.
Now while you’re doing all of that, and while you’re concentrating on all of that, somebody else can be applying these technical SEO methods that we’re going to be going through in the heavy hitter club. And that frees you up, even more, to do whatever it is that you want to do. And in fact, you can have two people, one in the mastermind, one in the heavy hitter, or the same person in the mastermind and the heavy hitter. But I would say that you definitely need both. Because both of these together, as you’ve seen from what we teach, and from what we share here are deadly. Look at the last solutions that work that has both of the systems that have called them in some in mastermind, and in the heavy hitter apply to it. And so one without the other would not have work because it’s a
If what we’re building is an ecosystem where one feeds off the other and where we can give value to people in both.
There you go.
How Do You Move Photos Without Losing Their EXIF Data?
So Mohammed’s up next. Hey guys, what’s a good way to move photos without losing their EXIF data? I noticed that when a client of mine emailed these emails, me pictures they took on their phone, the location data disappears if the client is taking photos at all. I have them uploaded the Google listing through maps. However, I still try to use their geotagged photos and the GMB posts themselves. Though the exit data always disappears when I receive a photo by email text, meaning I gotta add Exif manually. Yeah, so what my clients do. Mohamad is I have my clients deposit photos into a Google Drive, excuse me, Google Photos folder, a shared photo album. So Google Photos shared photo album, so they take photos from their phones and they have their phone settings to where it auto backs them.
To the shared Google Photos album that my VA or my bloggers have access to so that they can just pluck images from the Google Photos folder, which still contains the Geo Data, the EXIF data. Okay. Yeah, because I’m pretty sure when you text images that it automatically strips the metadata out to make the file smaller. And I guess email service providers do the same thing. But when you send them into when you add them to the Google Photos folder that remains intact. So at least that’s the way we’ve been doing it.
Okay, so Google Photos folder is how all of my clients that provide photos, that’s how they provide them to my VAs.
Should You Change All Citations And Social Profiles First Before Changing A GMB Page Name?
A law says, Hello there a client really wants needs to change the name of his GMB. Should we change the name and all the citations and social profiles first to reduce the risk of a GMB getting banned? No, I would not I would never encourage that. Because what happens if you go through all that trouble and it does get banned anyways right then you just went through all that hassle and trouble. Not only that, but it often takes a long time to get, you know, some directories you got to reach out to multiple times to get them to update the listings if they will at all. So you’re better off just changing the name and the GMB and hoping that what I have found though is and I don’t know that this makes any difference at all but in recent talking about this in the mastermind, but I’ve had, I’ve had to change several GMBs I lost a Tree Service contractor recently that was I’ve got several GMBs that I need to read I need to find well I found another Tree Service contractor to take the leads. So I’ve got to rebrand all of them and what I’ve been able to rebrand two out of three so far without any issues. What I’ve done though, first is if it’s connected to a website or whatever, then I make sure the GMB is if the name of the business has been changed and it’s connected the GMB is connected to a website, then I go change all the information on the website first and update the JSON LD the structured data. first, before I update the GMB. Then I update the GMB but that’s just the website and then the GMB okay. And I haven’t had, again, knock on wood. Over the last week, I’ve updated completely rebranded two out of three GMB assets that I needed to find another contractor for, and I haven’t had any issues whatsoever. And that’s how I’ve done it. Now, I’m not saying that you won’t experience a suspension, it could happen. I don’t work for Google. But that’s the way that I do it is if the GMB is connected to a self-hosted website, make sure that is completely updated first, including the JSON LD if you have structured data, which all of you should make sure the structured data is marked is edited, updated first and then update and again. I don’t know that that has any effect, except that I’ve done that twice in the last week.
I haven’t experienced any issues. Okay. Then you go about getting the citations updated that are already published on the web only after you’ve successfully updated your GMB.
Okay. Five o'clock let guys we got to go. Sorry, we didn’t get to all the questions if you didn’t, if you want us to answer the question guys, and they didn’t get answered, either posts them for next week or post them in the free Facebook group and we’ll try to get to them over there. Thanks, everybody, for being here. See you guys.
Bye, everyone.
Weekly Digital Marketing Q&A – Hump Day Hangouts – Episode 278 published first on your-t1-blog-url
0 notes
Text
Weekly Digital Marketing Q&A – Hump Day Hangouts – Episode 278
youtube
Click on the video above to watch Episode 278 of the Semantic Mastery Hump Day Hangouts.
Full timestamps with topics and times can be found at the link above.
The latest upcoming free SEO Q&A Hump Day Hangout can be found at http://semanticmastery.com/humpday.
Announcement
Cool. Let's get ready to rumble Whoa, hey, this is Episode 278 of Hump Day Hangouts and bring in a little bit more energy today. I've been sitting working focused all morning. So I realized I need to bring it since we're going live. So with that said, we are going to jump into it pretty quick here. We're going to say hi to everybody. We've got some announcements for everyone and then we're going to hop in and start answering questions. If you want your questions answered, remember go to semanticmastery.com/HDquestion stays the same. You can go there every week. So if you're checking us out on YouTube, make sure you go there to get your questions answered. So with that said, I'll start at the bottom today. I'm going to mix things up. Hernan, how are you doing? You look like you're looking at the floor.
Hernan: Oh man, on the spot, I'm doing good and then well, stormy day today so my connection might not hold but other than that really good. Really excited to be here.
Adam: Sounds good. All right, man. Well, hopefully, people have been checking out your videos. I know I see your videos because we work together. We do a lot of stuff together. But I've been using even more videos from you. So I don't know maybe sometimes what have you talked about how you generate so much content?
We're cranking up the content machine and also how it's getting us leads because we did a small training for the inbound prospecting for 2xyouragency. And I'm putting that to the test, stress testing it every day, and it's liberating. It's pretty good.
Adam: Awesome. Good stuff. Marco, how are you doing? You're looking a little bit different today. What's going on here?
Marco: I'm just celebrating the 34th championship of the team that I'm a fan of in Argentina, not Hernan's team of course. He has a sucky team. He's a fan of. But anyway, I root for the underdog, I guess. Yeah, whatever. I like winners but as you can see, Groundhog Day and celebration. I have my beer ready. I made an executive decision. This is a drinking Hump Day Hangout. So now join me.
And if you don't guys, you want to avoid viruses and all that bullshit. Drink more beer. Keesha healthy tears well here's what the water has a beer. I'm gonna head out for a run after this. So I've had some bad experiences with beer and running so and if it doesn't keep you healthy, it'll make you feel better anyway. Like, enjoy the way out. So, alright, so look at that again. See, I kept telling us so for about five years I kept saying how beautiful it was. Beautiful. It was warm and sunny, warm and sunny, warm and sunny, warm and rainy. Now you can get a look get a good book, because I'm going to turn it off because too much sun is bad for you guys.
Well, we'll go away from the sunshine cuz I know it's night but Chris. How are you doing man? Yeah, doing good. Like the weather is excellent. I think we had 19 degrees Celsius today so summer is definitely on this March here obviously you can't see it it's night so I'll take your word for it yeah you could be maybe you just move to your apartment somewhere else but yeah we'll assume it's nighttime and the most leading the gym pretty hard at the moment as long as they still let me.
Fair enough. Are you waiting
good deal and last but not least Bradley How you doing today? I'm peachy.
Alright, I like it. I'm just gonna roll with them Bradley's good to go. So I'm going to loop back around to something Hernan said he was talking about 2xyouragency. If you haven't heard about that yet, it's basically if you're an agency owner or even a consultant, if you want to get more clients, if you want to grow your revenue per client, want to scale your team. That is where you should go and join us 2xyouragency.com that's where you can find out more about it and come join us for those have you who are joining us looking for step by step processes for your SEO, everything from new websites, age domains, YouTube channels, whatever it is, go check out the Battle Plan at battleplan.semanticmastery.com.
In that same vein, we keep telling people and it's for a very good reason, which I won't go into here, except saving time making sure you're working on the higher level stuff. We advise people to get it done for you, whether that means hiring a VA, starting to build your own team or leveraging mgyb.co. Right going getting syndication networks made, press releases, link building, whatever it is you need done doing that so that you can grow your business right, you got to spend the time working on your pipeline processes and growing. So head on over to mgyb.co to find out about that as well. Subscribers, get some good perks and then that's all I'm gonna say about that, but you got to be a subscriber.
And last but not least on my end, I want to tell everyone about POFU Live. You can see the current count of tickets remaining. It is decreasing if you go over to pofulive.com it's going to be last weekend in September 2020 in Boston, Massachusetts. So we're going to be meeting up there. We're going to have a VIP day on that Friday. We're going to meet up and have a lot of fun get together with everybody. I'm not sure quite yet what we're going to do. But let's see the first year we did a brewery tasting, took a bus around a bunch of different breweries. We had a lot of fun with that at dinner together. Then last year, we went and raced go karts. Some of us actually raced the go karts. Some people drove around it like five miles an hour and scared us I'm not gonna name names, but it was a lot of fun. We got guest speakers coming in. And we've got a lot of knowledge both for us to share to you but also for you to share between each other. So it's a great environment for that. Like I said, it's gonna be over the last weekend in September. So go check it out at pofulive.com, limited number of tickets when they're gone. They are gone.
With that said, Guys, anything else we need to cover before we dive into questions today? Yeah, but what happens if Corona virus hits in Boston in September, man just TBD. We'll Yeah, we're gonna have to wait and see so drink Modelo Corona virus is still here, right? Yeah that said I will say if people buy tickets, you know and it is canceled that you know we'll work something out we're not gonna just keep all your money and say Tough luck. We'll work something out but I would imagine as time gets closer we'll understand what's going on much better. Does anybody else tired of the media overblown, this coronavirus ship because I feel like
Unknown Speaker 6:34 there's a mass hysteria that's being generated by the media because honestly, I don't think that it's any more you know, bad often like the typical flu but it's just non stop coverage and everybody's freaking out about it. So anyways, well, they shut down the borders typically mean Yeah, I know. I land borders. I don't know. Maybe cuz I don't know anybody that's been hit by but anyways. Alright, so we didn't get any other way. I do some questions and focus on helping these people out.
Unknown Speaker 7:00 I did get the training done for the last week of the two x your results training for the two extra agency that I just finished recording that today. So it should be in the members area by the end of the week. Just to let you guys know next week we start the two x your business which is about scaling and growth. So next on the homestretch. Let's go. All right, let me grab the screen and we'll get into questions.
Okay.
How Does A Social Fortress Type Of Links Work Out With SEO Shield?
All right. So it looks like I don't know if these were answered last week or not. I'll start there. Uh, he says if you already have social fortress type of links, how does that work out if I ordered a shield? I don't know. Social fortress type of links. I guess that's like a syndication network or something. I'm not exactly sure what that is. But since I don't know what that is, I don't know how that integrates with the shield. But I guarantee you it's not a shield, shield. So I would say just get it. You can't hurt your entity with an SEO shoot, I can tell you that as long as it's built correctly.
So I would say order one. No, Matt, I don't know, I'm not sure what social fortress links are. But I can guarantee you they're not doing with the not the same thing that the SEO shield does. They might not implement it, though very well, which would in that case, you would actually want to include the social fortress links, I'm assuming profile URLs and such into the actual SEO shield built. Right so that you're kind of interlinking all of those properties together. I'm just wondering if someone copy Canada's already. SEO shield is brand new, but I wouldn't be surprised if someone had knocked it off already. Yeah, that's not it. If you go to the question above that we didn't answer that.
Unknown Speaker 8:51 Okay. I do remember this guy from last week. He says how much money will be needed for a complete project like that? I don't know which project were we talking about? We were talking about about how simple not easy. It was how we would set up the SEO shield, not the fortune, our SEO shield. And then after that, we would do the press releases the link building embeds link building, watch how everything settles and then just do adjust right as we go. Because we could always have it add depth and breadth to the G drive site, do something that keyword-oriented instead of branding and so the answer is that as the top-level, SEO power shield is only 375 bucks. Link Building. I don't know if you get that the top.
The top one, a couple of hundred bucks. Some press releases five press releases what 500 bucks on top. I've said it was about 1200 bucks, but we're talking about investing time. Hundred bucks on the niche, not 1200 bucks to see if you can compete in the niche. It's literally to go after the big boys that that's what you need. And then you're maybe a little bit more because you're going to need to do monthly link building monthly embeds, you're going to need to expand that dry stack writer to isolate those keywords are the tougher ones, because you will find that some keywords are tougher than others. So they might need a little bit more action. But that's what we're talking about.
How much are you gonna pay for a website? I know websites that can cost upwards of $100,000 average in I think Miami's $15,000. For a website, we talked about 1500 bucks for the niche figure, think about doing the numbers, do the math. And you'll see that it's totally worth investing. If you want to just start with the SEO shield and some link building to see what it does. I mean that that's on a five 600 bucks, and then you're gonna know, after 21 days when the Google that settles where everything is and just how much more you're going to need to get after it. I can tell you that local is a whole lot easier except for some of the higher-end niches right if you're going after cosmetic surgeon in Beverly Hills, of course, that's going to take a little bit more.
I'll go back to my friend in what was the Toronto Vancouver run after DUI attorney in one of the biggest cities in Canada is going to take a little bit more but really you know, if you work if local if you're working in conjunction with that GMB and you're applying local GMB pro methods, it I call that a two for one special because you're approaching that from from from from two different ways. But you're adding power to that entity you're adding so much more value to your entity making it more trusted, authoritative in the niche, much more so than anybody else. And if you go deeper into that, which we recommend, which is adding schema, and adding individual paid schema ending, and adding video schema, author, anything that you can on the page so that you can direct the bot exactly where you want the bot to go. And then at the unstructured data level, you can actually structure it through skip navigation links, jump links column like what you want. There are so many ways that you can get even more power out of this you can do more and build more so that it's a win.
Yeah, are you going to take over nothing if you're going to take over your niche and it sounds easy? No. We spent years literally in the lab coming up with this formula so that we can give it to you guys and make it simple for you guys to order so that you can get results. By no means is that easy. Because I can tell you that I spent hundreds of hours working on the weekends to put all of this shit together. So it wasn't as if it's just okay you by I push the button, and I came up with this idea and all of a sudden, boom, there it is there's no magic pill, it's hard work, but we tried to do is all of the hard work for you ahead of time, so that you don't have to.
Yeah, cuz there's still a lot that goes into that. But that the trying to try to discover the methods, that's where that's an enormous amount of time. So even though once the methods been discovered, and refined, it still takes a lot of effort and time to be able to implement unless you buy them done for you services, which is what we keep encouraging you to do. But you can imagine trying to try to identify that method or develop that method is really where the vast majority of Time goes. So you know when when
When you say it can't be that that easy or that simple, it really is simple. It didn't say it was easy. That doesn't mean that there's not a lot of complexity to putting it together in the proper order and everything else. But it really is. It's a formula as Marco just said, it's, it's literally a formula you plug in, you know, you, you put all the pieces together in the right order. And then it's just a matter of there are some variables, but it's a matter of like link building and events, for example, how much do you need to push to get the desired result. But other than that, it's the same process over and over again. So it becomes like a repeatable process, which is really the key and that's the whole point is, I can't tell you how many times we've talked to people in the mastermind or, you know, that have become members or, you know, followers or whatever.
In the mastermind, we often have calls with, you know, new members, to talk with them and find out about their business and one of the things that we hear often is that people have a hard time getting reliable results, repeatable results. In other words, they might have five projects out there, one or two of them are doing really well. But the other ones aren't doing so well. And they don't know what they did on the ones that are doing so well to get them to work, like to produce results. And that that becomes an issue, how can you have confidence in pitching your services and selling your services to clients and prospects and that sort of thing, if you're never really sure that you can get the results, right. So that's kind of the point is that we develop these methods, because over and over and over again, time and again, we're able to achieve results, and virtually, you know, no competition. And what I mean by that is, in almost any every situation, it's just a matter of how much we put into the actual process to get results. Like, sometimes it's easy, and it happens very quickly. Sometimes it requires a lot more. But in any case, it's the same process, right? So that we can always know with certainty with confidence that we're going to be able to get results in a particular industry, the timeframe is all that is really adjustable. Right? And again, a client if we're in a competitive industry, and that is going to require more than it just requires, if somebody wants it done like results in the same amount of time that a less competitive industry would get, that's fine. We can still do it. It just requires more budget because we need to throw more at it. Does that make sense? So again, it's just a, it becomes a repeatable process. There are some variables, but those are all.
Unknown Speaker 16:26 You know, they can be calculated, basically. So that's why I love this method. Because even I didn't have a repeatable method that I would use over and over and over again until the last couple of years. And now it's really unfair because we know we can win no matter what, right?
Do you want to comment on that, Marco, before I move on?
No, no, that's a good question. By the way, it was.
How Long Do The Links From Press Releases Last?
Alright, so he says, How long do links from press releases last? It depends. It depends on the publication that they're published. Sometimes some, some of them, it's 30 days, some of its 90 days, some of them are 180 days, some of them it's indefinite, meaning they don't purge at all. So it just depends. So it really depends. That's why press releases aren't something that it's not, it's not usually a one and done thing. It's something that you should be doing consistently. Even if it's just once a month, you know, the idea is to, once you start doing them is to continue doing them. For all most of my clients, at the very least, they're getting one every two weeks. But most for all clients that I've taken on recently and new on on incoming clients, I do one press release per week, that's just part of my monthly services. So they're paying for that, right that's part of it. But you know, some clients might even want to per week, it just depends on how aggressive they need to be. But the point is, is that once you start doing them as long as you're doing them fairly consistently, then you won't ever have to worry about when the links drop off because there'll be no ones behind. Okay. By the way, go check out local PR pro we talk about how to extend that even more.
Alright, so the next question is first is not really a question. It's kind of response because Bibi asked a bunch of questions last week, and so he was explaining himself here or she. So anyways, says, hey guys, just to note that, of course, nobody here disrespects the other members, I saw that nobody was asking questions. So I filled it up, feel free to answer other people's questions when I blast off. I need the questions to be written so I can clear it from my head. And then it won't bug me I get that. So I appreciate the explanation and no problem at all.
He says I know that also about me asking a lot of questions. I know this is the case right now and I won't get the answers right away and not all of them at once because I'm not in the mastermind and I have to wait for a week. I'm on the path to one k a month. I've started the RSS masher and have another lead gen project and promoting.
Let's see how it goes. Maybe in the future. Who knows. Yeah, well that's the idea is to come here.
You know Mohammed who I think he has to quit? Yeah, of course, he did. There's Mohammed right there. He's been one that has come and asked questions and implemented, you know, what he learns, and then has come and joined the mastermind and then has left a mastermind and then come back to the mastermind. And so it's perfectly fine. That's the idea. We tell you guys to come here, use this forum to help get your business in a position where you can come join our paid trading our mastermind, where you can get even more Business Growth Training.
So yeah, the problem is that this forum is limited to an hour. So we have to get as many people as possible so that we can be fair. In the mastermind. However, you can go into our Facebook group, and ask as many questions as you want, as many times as you want. And all of us are in there, including Rob, answering the questions. Yeah. So that we're not enough because that in and of itself, is is consider it enough because nobody, nobody else doing that nobody else is sitting there and taking the time to answer their membership questions, right? We do it.
Then what we decided to do is split the mastermind right into five different webinars. So each one of the members, it should be the founders has a webinar every other week. So what you're getting is now it since it's live, it's five times the value because you're getting different points of view. You, as a matter of fact, you can ask a question, whatever it is, and ask it to each one of the five members. And you're going to get a different perspective. We were talking we were just talking about this yesterday. I come at it from math, and testing, and an SEO point of view, plus all of the experience that I've had in the last almost 17 years that I've been online, but Adam, you know, he has a background. he's a physicist, I believe it correct me if I'm wrong.
So he has that analytical aspect to it, her Nan, and he does a lot of things with pay per click advertising. He also has a lot of experience with clients. He has a business background. He has his own perspective, you do a lot of local Bradley, and you have your own perspective. Chris has a coding background. He has his own perspective. So you're going to get a whole lot more if you join the mastermind than you could ever get in here. Which is why this was set up yet. We can answer your questions in that 10,000-foot overview. But we can't get technical with you. We can't go and delve we can't go look at your website. We can't give you advice because we don't have enough information. But we've set it up so that you can give us all of the information in the other places that we've set up for this to happen. So I think that if you're not in the mastermind, that you're needing all of this information, then you should definitely join them as well.
How To Rank For A Keyword And Its Synonyms?
so the first question was how to rank for a keyword and as synonyms which silo to use the post created as long-form dogs and puppies are the same. Okay. All right. So I think I talked about this last week when you because I believe this is a repost from last week because we didn't get to them. But when it comes to how to rank for a keyword in a synonym, again, there's a lot to that, right. We could spend the whole hour just talking about that specifically, but I'm just gonna point you to, but I've wanted in the past if you go into, In fact, let me just open a new tab, go to YouTube.com, okay. Search for semantic mastery. Or you could just go to youtube.com/semanticmastery, that's fine. You can do that as well. Click through to our channel right there, use the channel search feature. Right there in search of silo structure. Okay, that's all you need to search for a silo structure. There's simple silo structure set up complex silo structure, set up those two videos, watch them, that'll teach you how to set up silos on your website.
I prefer simple silos over complex silos any day of the week, because, well, there's easier, they're simple and easier to manage. But there are times where that makes it makes sense to have a complex silo. So I would go through that as a kind of foundation. To answer your question, as far as how does, how to rank a keyword in its synonyms, because that's what silo structures are all about. You take the broadest of terms, and you put that at the top of the silo and then you take all the long tail versions and synonyms and such that are tightly within that particular keyword theme. And you use those as, as current as supporting articles. In other words, you optimize content that is supporting articles for those supporting keywords. you place them within that particular silo and then if you understand internal linking throughout the silo and how to do that correctly, then what happens is the entire keyword theme, the entire silo the category right? content silo creates, it creates buoyancy, right? Because all of those are interlinked correctly, it creates a theme that when the bots come and read it, they kind of understand what the theme of that is, what the topic is and what the theme of that particular content silo is. And it kind of helps all of the keywords within their within also all of the content within that silo to start to rise up in the search engines provided it was done correctly. So that's kind of the whole point is to learn how to rank the primary keyword but also the synonyms and everything else by using solid structure. It's very, very effective. And it's it still works to this day. If anybody says it doesn't, they're crazy. So when it comes to that,
hopefully, that'll answer your questions as far as that is concerned with. When it comes to the next question he says, Is syndicating to the branded properties a post with a few sentences and an anchor text of the synonym to the original money site post will give a boost to the synonym? No, not necessarily. I mean, it can but I don't suggest syndicating short posts with just a couple of sentences because that's thin content. It's not going to have nearly as good an effect as if you have well-done content guys, content does matter. Believe it or not. So I was just talking about this in two x your agency training.
Recently, you know, we use curated content my bloggers do for all of my all projects, we use curated content as the content marketing strategy, which is part of the SEO strategy, right. So my, in the same type of train, the training that my bloggers have all gone through, to learn how to curate is Content Kingpin, it's the same train like, it's exactly how I learned how to do it years ago, I created a training course around it, which was originally to train virtual assistants to become bloggers for me. But then we turned it into a product, which you guys can purchase is called content kingpin. Anyways, that teaches you how to curate content. And it's really set up to teach virtual assistants to do it so that you're not doing it yourself. But that content is efficient to produce. It's highly relevant. It creates co-citation because you're linking to related and relevant content sources. And you are able to gather, collect and curate content from subject matter experts about whatever topic it is that you're blogging about. So the bloggers you don't have to be a subject matter expert and neither do your bloggers to be able to produce high-quality content about the subject because all they're going to do.
The method about curating content is learning how to collect Gather, Gather relevant content from high authority sites or from subject matter experts, then organize it. And then create new blog posts where you're trying to convey an idea or a theme or topic, you know, whatever you're trying to convey an idea, but you're using other people's content to support or argue against that idea if that makes sense, depending on how you write the post. But it's super powerful because it becomes a unique post its original content, even though you're borrowing content from others. Because the way that you're organizing it, it becomes a unique piece of content, a new original piece of content that has snippets of curated content, and it's well done and it creates co-citation. So it's super powerful for SEO. So that's what I would recommend that you do and in the mastermind, again, we're talking about in the mastermind. Since we split our mastermind webinars apart now and I'm doing my own separate webinars. For the next several months. I'm going to be working on building out an actual case study site for the members in the tree service industry covering exactly how we do this, including content marketing and targeting individual locations with posts. So we do what we call geo posts or location posts that are posts optimized for keywords within the silo that we're trying to rank for as well as individual locations. But we do it all through curated blog posts. And it's super, super powerful. That's a much better way to do it. Because if you're going to be publishing content to your branded network, you don't want then blog posts that you're using specifically just and only for the link back. That's not the point. You want to build that relevancy, the topical and or location, relevancy through your content marketing. And the way you the way that the most efficient way to do that, in my opinion, is through content curation.
So now with that said, Yes, by linking back from a well written or well-curated piece of content that you're going to syndicate out to your branded network, then yeah, when you're linking back to the target pages on your site, right, the ones that you're trying to rank, you're using the blog to help rank those pages through the internal link of the blog post, then yeah, you want to vary your anchor text, you want to have diversity. So use those keywords within that same keyword set within that same silo use variations, longer tail versions, LSI keywords, synonyms, naked URLs, generics, brand, brand plus keyword, all of those can be used in different combinations to link back to the target URLs on your site that you're trying to promote. Guys, even internal anchor text is important. Now, it used to be where I used to just hammer for internal links, so links within the same silo, for example, I'd use the same anchor text to link up to the service page over and over and over again, but even that now you're better off using diverse like diversifying the anchor text. And again, Marco talks about this a lot. But you know, you want to also start building that brand name next to keywords so that you can start to create brand plus keyword association. And you can do that with content marketing and internal linking. So that's something else that I would recommend. But yes, as far as to answer your question, I know that was long-winded. But I kind of wanted to, you know, first of all, make sure that you understand that publishing really thin content posts, just for the sake of the link isn't effective at all. Right? Isn't it just not helpful. So you're better off producing better quality content, less of it if needed, but it will be weighted heavier by Google. And for that, when you're linking back to the pages that you're trying to promote on the site, yes, use a variety of keywords and different anchor text types, as opposed to just always keywords so that you can start to build a broader kind of picture of that keyword theme for Google if that makes sense. Do you want to comment on anybody?
Nope. Okay, moving on.
Why Do You Use Multiple Tier 1 Network For YouTube?
Why would you use multiple tier one networks for YouTube instead of just a single tier one and multiple tier twos?
because it doesn't matter with YouTube, it doesn't matter what configurations you use, you can. What I found was years ago, I haven't done this test and at least three, probably four years now. But several years ago, I tested a YouTube channel that had multiple tier-one rings versus a YouTube channel that had the same number of total rings, but they were set up in two-tier structures. And what I'd found at that time when I did the testing, and I did extensively across multiple projects, but I found that the videos that would get syndicated out to the YouTube channel that only had, you know, let's say, eight tier-one rings, let's just use that as an example, which would be the same as to two-tier networks, right? Because a two-tier network through MGYB, the way that we build them is one branded ring and three persona rings. So it's a total of four rings per two-tier network. So on the channel that I would have eight single tear rings, the video would rank faster than if I had submitted this similar video similar keywords to a channel that had two two-tier networks attached to it. So two single-tier rings with a total of six tier-two rings, if that makes sense, right? I would test it by uploading a video to either one and tracking the results. What happened was you and again, this was years ago, guys, I haven't tested this in years. So I don't know that it makes any difference at all now, but back then you're the video that went out to just a single tier ring would typically rank faster. But it would also if no additional SEO work was done other than just syndicating it out to the network's it would start to slip it would start to fall in rankings faster than the video that I would push through the two-tier networks which would be slower to rank but once it would rank it would stick longer if that makes sense. So anyway, that's why I do it. It's there's probably I haven't tested it in years. I don't know if there's any difference at all if one's more effective than the other at all. Anything more. So it's really just a matter of preference. I always prefer the two-tier network setups for YouTube channels. But you can do it however you see fit, right?
Why themed ring isn't a branded ring? Can you give an example of this non-branded ring? Yeah, well, like if it's Joe's Tree Service is the company. But you can have a persona ring which would be like, I don't know, john smith. And then you can have a themed ring, a topically themed ring or even a geographically themed syndication network if that makes it if you understand what I'm saying. So for example, if it's, it shows Tree Service, there could be a john smith could be a persona ring, but then a theme during a topically themed rig can be a syndication network about gardening or landscaping, or home improvement for even for that matter, or a time that's a topical themed topically themed network, a location the network could be a network about syndication network that's optimized for Culpepper, Virginia because Joe's tree services in Culpepper, Virginia. Is that clear? So, but it's just a way that if you're going to syndicate content to other networks, you don't want them to only if, for blog syndication, you don't want to continually syndicate content to other networks other than branded networks. If that's the only content getting syndicated, you want to mix it up on the other networks, other than the branded networks, you'd want to have additional related relevant content on those networks, to where it's not clearly being used to only promote your one brand. Okay.
All right, that was a lot. Moving on. How do you price the leads? That's going to depend, you know, for Tree Service stuff, I usually do a when I'm pricing leads, I look at what the average cost per click value is for the top keywords that produce leads in Google ads. So I go into the Google Ads dashboard.
Use the keyword planner, take a look at what the cost per click the average cost per click is there. That will give you a range it will show you what your average, your minimum cost per click bid has to be on the first page at all for ads. But if you want to be in the top section or give you a low range and high range, and I always base mine off of whatever the high ranges, and then usually anywhere between two to three times the cost per click is what an average lead would be depending on it depends on the area. But you know for Tree Service leads like I often charge somewhere around $50 per lead. It depends on the area again but on average although I just recently took on a new the guy that I'm going to be building I mentioned this in the mastermind I'm going to be building a case study for a Tree Service contractor site that he gave me permission to use his project is part of my case study so that I can share it with my our students or members I should say and so I'm selling leads to him for 30 bucks. But that's important because I'm getting to use it as a training opportunity. But my point is that yeah, I mean, you just really have to price it. It's going to depend.
4I uses Google ads as a way to kind of determine the value for leads, but other people do it in other ways. Does anybody have a comment on that?
How Do You Rank A Local Franchise With Limited Access To Its National Corporate Website And GMB Page?
Now, moving on, Jeff says, Hey, guys, thanks for all the info and motivation you provide on a daily basis. My question is, I just landed a local franchisee for a national Corporation. They have zero access to the corporate website page and limited access to their GMB. Given these restrictions. What would be the best course of action to get their GMB moving upward? Follow the SEO SEO to move on any other recommendations have a spectacular week? Yeah, that that would be what I would do if you can't do anything to the GMB itself really. And you have no access at all to their website. Then that's all you can do is right is to push the off-page as much as possible and the SEO SEO to be absolutely where I'd start. And then from there, it would be a matter of, you know, you could use press releases for content marketing, you can almost use press releases as the blog really. So you could set up though, you know, an organization page and then press blog through the press, you know, through the press releases that can actually act as kind of like a blog because you get an RSS feed and everything from that. So you could use the actual press release, like if you're using it through MGYB, or if you have your own subscription to Press Advantage, you could use the RSS feed from the organization page for that brand to actually feed the syndication network, right. And that way, you don't even have to have a WordPress blog because you can use the press advantage for that matter for the blog essentially. Or you could always find you could always attempt to try to get a subdomain WordPress installation on for your franchisee site so that you have a blog that you can use for content marketing. But if you're not going to do any of that stuff, then yeah, just stick with the off-page stuff and just hammer it
Does anybody want to comment on that one? Marco? I hear you trying.
Okay, his mic is not working. So try again Marco. Can you hear me? I can now? Yes. Yeah. Okay. Aside from using the Press Advantage that the media pays and using his present, he says he can also use the G site. You can build that out. Yeah, I use that. I use that for Legion and to push power into the GMB and into the client site. That works perfectly well. You have to remember that announcement pages when it's like a blog post because when you do that, the announcement page will also have an RSS feed. Right? It's so that so they carry that out so you can use that to populate so you can use both you use press releases, and your G site to populate your RSS feed, and to push into your syndication network. I mean, there are tons of ways that you can use all of these things. You either have to think outside the box or come join our mastermind, so that we can give you direction on how you would implement all of these different things. Right.
How Many Keywords Should You Use In An RYS Stack Order?
All right, Fitz is up. What's up, Fitz? He says, Thanks for creating a space where he can get real-world answers that work. I ordered the keyword research, how many keywords should I use and my RYS stack order, if time allows, I'll get to that next. Use it I mean, as many as you can, I think for the, our, I'm pretty sure for the drive stack order you want they want a minimum of, we want a minimum of 50 keywords, but more is better. So if you ordered the keyword research, just submit your primary, you know, content silo groups with your order.
You know, so that's, that's typically I usually what I typically do guys is because we're looking for like 200 keywords for a link building order, that's the recommended minimum to submit with a link building order, I always try to get the 200 keyword list developed before I order the drive stack or the SEO shield. Because that way I already have the keywords, I just submit those same 200 ish keywords for the drive stack build, and it's going to be the same keywords that end up getting used in the link building orders too. So that's just let you know that's how I do it.
So if you have you know, just it more is better, as long as they're relevant. That's the point. Okay.
He said that but what we think is relevant may or may not be what Google thinks is relevant. Because we push anything and everything we can anything and everything we find that related to that keyword. That's why we suggest ordering that the keyword research because we get hundreds of thousands of keywords from sem rush. A lot of times which we filter down like that they'll get filtered down as to how many keywords as
As many as possible because your brand stack is going to create the brand plus location plus keyword Association if it's local. And if it's not, then it's brand plus keyword. But it's essential to associate that brand to as many keywords in the niche as possible. Because what we want to do at that point is hammer the bot with all of the keywords in the niche so that the bot, the bot completely understands what this is all about what that brand is about.
Yeah, and that's what's so great about it, guys. And I'm telling you, if you when you order, so fits when you order a drive stack, and you submit, let's say 200 keywords versus 50. If you were to track two similar projects in Google Search Console, right after the drive stacks have been built, give it a few weeks for things to start getting picked up and all that by Google. You'll see in Search Console, the end, then impressions. So the number of times that your site has appeared in search results, the top 10 pages of search results. For any given query, you'll see that the drive stack the project, if you were to test these two things, because I've done it, you'll see that the drive stack that had the 200 keywords versus the one that had 50 will start producing month over month, a much higher impression, growth of impression rate. In other words, you'll see month over month, the Search Console, the number of impressions that the site has been exposed for increases rapidly compared to the one that only 50 it'll increase what the one that only has 50 keywords, but not have that exponential growth was rapid growth as it does as the other one. And that's one of the metrics that I use and reporting to clients guys, is I show them every single month a search console report for the last 28 days. It's just a screenshot of the performance report inside of search console for the last 28 days and it shows a number of impressions, you know, average number of clicks the click-through rate, that kind of stuff, or a number of clicks and the average click-through rate and that kind of stuff. But I like to show because especially with newer projects as the drive stack starts to get, you know, starts to kick in and, you know, Google starts to crawl or identify more of the files, you'll start seeing the impression rate start skyrocketing, and it's in and that goes to show them that the brand is now being associated and given impressions for more and more keywords or search queries. And so that's exactly what Marco is talking about there.
Okay.
Will There Be An NAP Issue If The Client's YouTube Channel Name Is Different From Its Website?
All right. The next question was if time allows I have a client who has a different name on the YouTube channel than the website, the main site is an agency and YouTube is a luxury agency. The picture is consistent with other social media properties. Is that a problem? I mean, it only is if it's causing any sort of any issues because YouTube is considered a citation if you either a video or a channel YouTube channel can be a powerful citation. Guys, if you put the name, address and phone number in the YouTube channel description, that becomes a pretty powerful citation video can do it too.
But you know, again, if you're trying to keep NAP consistent, and it's all of the other assets or data points for the NAP is the same except for the name, then I would change the YouTube channel name to match whatever the official agency name is and all of the other like whatever, whatever the Google My Business profile is, if it has one, if you're not worried about NAP consistency issues, and don't worry about it, okay, if it's causing a problem, then I would update it. If it's not, don't worry about it.
What Data Should You Provide When Ordering The SEO Shield?
All right. Austin Dom What's up buddy says I ordered my first SEO shield this morning. Whoo, cause for celebration, but I wanted to make sure I'm filling out the requirements correctly. Is there a video that goes oversupplying the correct data to assign supply keywords with geo modifiers and things like that or just tell them to fill the darn thing out? case overcomplicating? That's a good question. We are going to be updating the SEO page with some additional information here very soon, guys, we just talked about it again yesterday on our corporate meeting, it is on the books to get updated so that it'll make it easier for everybody to understand exactly what to order. But to answer your question, right now, Austin, or dawn, I should say, is no don't include geo modifiers and less. So so the typical answer is the most common answer is No don't include geo modifiers, because we're trying to create keyword plus brand Association, not necessarily location Association, although, because the location Association comes if it's for a local project, it's going to come from the on-page and the NAP and all of the files and everything including name, address, and phone number and all of that. So the location relevancy is built through the on-page, but the off-page two, the link building and all of that, or do you supply keywords or geo modifiers Okay, I'm sorry.
For the SEO shield that's not for link building, then that depends on what it is you're trying to optimize for. So forgive me, for link building, I don't usually include geo modifiers unless it's I'm targeting a specific area in a very specific way, which I can't get into here anyways, but for the RYS drive stack order. I usually don't include geo modifiers, I usually just want to create the keyword plus brand Association. And so I submit the orders with the market level keywords. Market level keywords are not keywords with local modifiers it's the product and or service keywords. So that's typically how I build it. Then once because of the drive stack, the SEO, SEO becomes the main like entity.
You know, it's to associate a keyword with the entity, the on the low location relevancy is through on-page and then once the original the initial stack is built, if I need to add like location silos within the stack, then I do that right. Do duplicate a folder, optimize it for a specific location, keywords plus locations. And then I'll have that but the original drive stack is really just to associate the primary keyword with the brand. And then as Marco said as many market-level keywords with the brand as possible, but accomplished location targeting as internal folders in the drive stack and pages on the G site. Marco, how would you suggest you do it, we just updated the form. As a matter of fact, the for this very reason, because we want to know if it's branded, or if it's a keyword, we also want to know if it's a location-based because if it is we do want that in the brand. Remember, if it's not a location base, then all we want is the brand plus keyword Association. But if it's local, right with the brand because then the brand becomes local, it's focused in a geographic area.
Now the way that you do it, it's fine. But the way that we suggest it is built right from the start of your brand plus location plus keyword Association. And yes, that means location plus brand keyword Association, and any combination there up, because we want that in that main folder. This way, when you separate it and you start keyword targeting, you start going after other market-level keywords, then what we do is, we go after that in there, we don't need the location anymore, because we have the location with the brand. We've already created the association so there's no need for that location. Now, having said that, what you said is perfectly fine. Do the location plus keyword, excuse me the brand plus keyword but then you're going to need a location page, right to make up for the lack of location. When you first started the branded site is a brand that's what we do in the beginning brand location plus keyword or brand plus keyword. So either way, you're going to have to mention that geolocation. And if you're going to do additional locations, you're going to have to add those pages as you go.
Yeah. So just to be clear, for example, you know, most of my clients are service area businesses and they cover most of my clients cover a fairly large surface area. So all the drive stacks that I buy are for market-level keyboard, press play, and Association because I don't want to optimize the primary stack for any one particular location. For example, for Tree Service client covers a five County area, then I don't want to marry that brand with any one particular location. And so there's no way to optimize for all five of those locations with that one drive stack without having location-based folders inside. So like location-based silos essentially inside so for me
The projects that I work on, I always do market-level keyword plus brand Association, then I optimize for locations as internal pages on the G site and or folders on the drive stack. That's just the way that I do it. Because most of my clients have a service area that covers more than just one specific location or county or city for that matter. And so I don't want to associate the brand with one specific area when they cover a broad area. So that's just the way that I do it. But yeah, Marco.
That's good if we have different, you know, types of drive stacks that you can select from now, so it's going to make it easier for you guys when you order. And this the scenario that you're talking about is different, right? It's different than if we're doing a DC plumber, for example, which is a brand in and of itself, and it's targeting the plumbing niche, but unlike a storefront business, right, that's exactly right. It's one location and, but it's serving customers at the location.
And in a service area that's different than you then if you have multiple locations, if you have multiple locations, as I said, you're going to have to have, are you going to need multiple location pages inside the G site and drive stack targeting those multiple locations? This is what I thought this question was one location if it's one location, that you do that right with the initial brand. Yes. So then he says I'm in a heavy hitter club group, which is awesome. Should I join the mastermind group as well? Thanks. Well, to be clear, the heavy hitter group is the technical SEO group. Although SEO is also covered in the mastermind, the heavy SEO stuff is going to be the heavy hitters club. The semantic mastery mastermind is more about business growth and all things around you know building a business not just SEO anymore as it had been for so long.
You know, it's all things marketing, all things business growth. So prospecting and sales and, you know, entity formation and all, you know, process development system. It's a systemization or systematization. All of that, you know, outsourcing, delegating all of that kind of stuff. So it just depends on where you're at Austin Dom with what it is that you need. I think everybody should have, you know, should be working on growing their business, but some people just want to focus on learning more about SEO. So it just depends on what it is that you need. I will, I will tell him definitely, definitely the mastermind. heavy hitter club is going to we're going to be doing a whole lot of case studies from beginning to end, we're gonna follow it through, we're going to see what's working, see what's not we're going to be testing. So we're not going to give people theory, right? So what we're going to do is we're going to take the theory and carry it through from beginning to end to see if we can prove one way or the other. If the theory is sound. During that same time, I mean, it doesn't matter the master mastermind continues. And it continues, as you said, with business growth, teaching PPC, client acquisition, just a whole lot more that's involved now awesome. If you're a business owner, or if you're a business owner, and you're thinking about doing both, I wouldn't recommend that because you have a limited amount of time in which you can do all of these things and you will become a bottleneck in your business so that your business cannot grow. What you will need then is someone, a partner or a trusted VA, or whomever a PA, that you can assign to either the heavy hitter or the mastermind. So that you can get both because what you should be doing is you should be concentrating on going out there and growing your business I mean, you want to get known. You want to you want people to understand who you are, what it is that you do. You want to be out there contacting people you want to be getting in front of clients, closing clients, I don't know, you want to trust that to somebody else because nobody knows your business better than you.
Now while you're doing all of that, and while you're concentrating on all of that, somebody else can be applying these technical SEO methods that we're going to be going through in the heavy hitter club. And that frees you up, even more, to do whatever it is that you want to do. And in fact, you can have two people, one in the mastermind, one in the heavy hitter, or the same person in the mastermind and the heavy hitter. But I would say that you definitely need both. Because both of these together, as you've seen from what we teach, and from what we share here are deadly. Look at the last solutions that work that has both of the systems that have called them in some in mastermind, and in the heavy hitter apply to it. And so one without the other would not have work because it's a
If what we're building is an ecosystem where one feeds off the other and where we can give value to people in both.
There you go.
How Do You Move Photos Without Losing Their EXIF Data?
So Mohammed's up next. Hey guys, what's a good way to move photos without losing their EXIF data? I noticed that when a client of mine emailed these emails, me pictures they took on their phone, the location data disappears if the client is taking photos at all. I have them uploaded the Google listing through maps. However, I still try to use their geotagged photos and the GMB posts themselves. Though the exit data always disappears when I receive a photo by email text, meaning I gotta add Exif manually. Yeah, so what my clients do. Mohamad is I have my clients deposit photos into a Google Drive, excuse me, Google Photos folder, a shared photo album. So Google Photos shared photo album, so they take photos from their phones and they have their phone settings to where it auto backs them.
To the shared Google Photos album that my VA or my bloggers have access to so that they can just pluck images from the Google Photos folder, which still contains the Geo Data, the EXIF data. Okay. Yeah, because I'm pretty sure when you text images that it automatically strips the metadata out to make the file smaller. And I guess email service providers do the same thing. But when you send them into when you add them to the Google Photos folder that remains intact. So at least that's the way we've been doing it.
Okay, so Google Photos folder is how all of my clients that provide photos, that's how they provide them to my VAs.
Should You Change All Citations And Social Profiles First Before Changing A GMB Page Name?
A law says, Hello there a client really wants needs to change the name of his GMB. Should we change the name and all the citations and social profiles first to reduce the risk of a GMB getting banned? No, I would not I would never encourage that. Because what happens if you go through all that trouble and it does get banned anyways right then you just went through all that hassle and trouble. Not only that, but it often takes a long time to get, you know, some directories you got to reach out to multiple times to get them to update the listings if they will at all. So you're better off just changing the name and the GMB and hoping that what I have found though is and I don't know that this makes any difference at all but in recent talking about this in the mastermind, but I've had, I've had to change several GMBs I lost a Tree Service contractor recently that was I've got several GMBs that I need to read I need to find well I found another Tree Service contractor to take the leads. So I've got to rebrand all of them and what I've been able to rebrand two out of three so far without any issues. What I've done though, first is if it's connected to a website or whatever, then I make sure the GMB is if the name of the business has been changed and it's connected the GMB is connected to a website, then I go change all the information on the website first and update the JSON LD the structured data. first, before I update the GMB. Then I update the GMB but that's just the website and then the GMB okay. And I haven't had, again, knock on wood. Over the last week, I've updated completely rebranded two out of three GMB assets that I needed to find another contractor for, and I haven't had any issues whatsoever. And that's how I've done it. Now, I'm not saying that you won't experience a suspension, it could happen. I don't work for Google. But that's the way that I do it is if the GMB is connected to a self-hosted website, make sure that is completely updated first, including the JSON LD if you have structured data, which all of you should make sure the structured data is marked is edited, updated first and then update and again. I don't know that that has any effect, except that I've done that twice in the last week.
I haven't experienced any issues. Okay. Then you go about getting the citations updated that are already published on the web only after you've successfully updated your GMB.
Okay. Five o'clock let guys we got to go. Sorry, we didn't get to all the questions if you didn't, if you want us to answer the question guys, and they didn't get answered, either posts them for next week or post them in the free Facebook group and we'll try to get to them over there. Thanks, everybody, for being here. See you guys.
Bye, everyone.
0 notes
Text
Weekly Digital Marketing Q&A – Hump Day Hangouts – Episode 278
youtube
Click on the video above to watch Episode 278 of the Semantic Mastery Hump Day Hangouts.
Full timestamps with topics and times can be found at the link above.
The latest upcoming free SEO Q&A Hump Day Hangout can be found at http://semanticmastery.com/humpday.
Announcement
Cool. Let's get ready to rumble Whoa, hey, this is Episode 278 of Hump Day Hangouts and bring in a little bit more energy today. I've been sitting working focused all morning. So I realized I need to bring it since we're going live. So with that said, we are going to jump into it pretty quick here. We're going to say hi to everybody. We've got some announcements for everyone and then we're going to hop in and start answering questions. If you want your questions answered, remember go to semanticmastery.com/HDquestion stays the same. You can go there every week. So if you're checking us out on YouTube, make sure you go there to get your questions answered. So with that said, I'll start at the bottom today. I'm going to mix things up. Hernan, how are you doing? You look like you're looking at the floor.
Hernan: Oh man, on the spot, I'm doing good and then well, stormy day today so my connection might not hold but other than that really good. Really excited to be here.
Adam: Sounds good. All right, man. Well, hopefully, people have been checking out your videos. I know I see your videos because we work together. We do a lot of stuff together. But I've been using even more videos from you. So I don't know maybe sometimes what have you talked about how you generate so much content?
We're cranking up the content machine and also how it's getting us leads because we did a small training for the inbound prospecting for 2xyouragency. And I'm putting that to the test, stress testing it every day, and it's liberating. It's pretty good.
Adam: Awesome. Good stuff. Marco, how are you doing? You're looking a little bit different today. What's going on here?
Marco: I'm just celebrating the 34th championship of the team that I'm a fan of in Argentina, not Hernan's team of course. He has a sucky team. He's a fan of. But anyway, I root for the underdog, I guess. Yeah, whatever. I like winners but as you can see, Groundhog Day and celebration. I have my beer ready. I made an executive decision. This is a drinking Hump Day Hangout. So now join me.
And if you don't guys, you want to avoid viruses and all that bullshit. Drink more beer. Keesha healthy tears well here's what the water has a beer. I'm gonna head out for a run after this. So I've had some bad experiences with beer and running so and if it doesn't keep you healthy, it'll make you feel better anyway. Like, enjoy the way out. So, alright, so look at that again. See, I kept telling us so for about five years I kept saying how beautiful it was. Beautiful. It was warm and sunny, warm and sunny, warm and sunny, warm and rainy. Now you can get a look get a good book, because I'm going to turn it off because too much sun is bad for you guys.
Well, we'll go away from the sunshine cuz I know it's night but Chris. How are you doing man? Yeah, doing good. Like the weather is excellent. I think we had 19 degrees Celsius today so summer is definitely on this March here obviously you can't see it it's night so I'll take your word for it yeah you could be maybe you just move to your apartment somewhere else but yeah we'll assume it's nighttime and the most leading the gym pretty hard at the moment as long as they still let me.
Fair enough. Are you waiting
good deal and last but not least Bradley How you doing today? I'm peachy.
Alright, I like it. I'm just gonna roll with them Bradley's good to go. So I'm going to loop back around to something Hernan said he was talking about 2xyouragency. If you haven't heard about that yet, it's basically if you're an agency owner or even a consultant, if you want to get more clients, if you want to grow your revenue per client, want to scale your team. That is where you should go and join us 2xyouragency.com that's where you can find out more about it and come join us for those have you who are joining us looking for step by step processes for your SEO, everything from new websites, age domains, YouTube channels, whatever it is, go check out the Battle Plan at battleplan.semanticmastery.com.
In that same vein, we keep telling people and it's for a very good reason, which I won't go into here, except saving time making sure you're working on the higher level stuff. We advise people to get it done for you, whether that means hiring a VA, starting to build your own team or leveraging mgyb.co. Right going getting syndication networks made, press releases, link building, whatever it is you need done doing that so that you can grow your business right, you got to spend the time working on your pipeline processes and growing. So head on over to mgyb.co to find out about that as well. Subscribers, get some good perks and then that's all I'm gonna say about that, but you got to be a subscriber.
And last but not least on my end, I want to tell everyone about POFU Live. You can see the current count of tickets remaining. It is decreasing if you go over to pofulive.com it's going to be last weekend in September 2020 in Boston, Massachusetts. So we're going to be meeting up there. We're going to have a VIP day on that Friday. We're going to meet up and have a lot of fun get together with everybody. I'm not sure quite yet what we're going to do. But let's see the first year we did a brewery tasting, took a bus around a bunch of different breweries. We had a lot of fun with that at dinner together. Then last year, we went and raced go karts. Some of us actually raced the go karts. Some people drove around it like five miles an hour and scared us I'm not gonna name names, but it was a lot of fun. We got guest speakers coming in. And we've got a lot of knowledge both for us to share to you but also for you to share between each other. So it's a great environment for that. Like I said, it's gonna be over the last weekend in September. So go check it out at pofulive.com, limited number of tickets when they're gone. They are gone.
With that said, Guys, anything else we need to cover before we dive into questions today? Yeah, but what happens if Corona virus hits in Boston in September, man just TBD. We'll Yeah, we're gonna have to wait and see so drink Modelo Corona virus is still here, right? Yeah that said I will say if people buy tickets, you know and it is canceled that you know we'll work something out we're not gonna just keep all your money and say Tough luck. We'll work something out but I would imagine as time gets closer we'll understand what's going on much better. Does anybody else tired of the media overblown, this coronavirus ship because I feel like
Unknown Speaker 6:34 there's a mass hysteria that's being generated by the media because honestly, I don't think that it's any more you know, bad often like the typical flu but it's just non stop coverage and everybody's freaking out about it. So anyways, well, they shut down the borders typically mean Yeah, I know. I land borders. I don't know. Maybe cuz I don't know anybody that's been hit by but anyways. Alright, so we didn't get any other way. I do some questions and focus on helping these people out.
Unknown Speaker 7:00 I did get the training done for the last week of the two x your results training for the two extra agency that I just finished recording that today. So it should be in the members area by the end of the week. Just to let you guys know next week we start the two x your business which is about scaling and growth. So next on the homestretch. Let's go. All right, let me grab the screen and we'll get into questions.
Okay.
How Does A Social Fortress Type Of Links Work Out With SEO Shield?
All right. So it looks like I don't know if these were answered last week or not. I'll start there. Uh, he says if you already have social fortress type of links, how does that work out if I ordered a shield? I don't know. Social fortress type of links. I guess that's like a syndication network or something. I'm not exactly sure what that is. But since I don't know what that is, I don't know how that integrates with the shield. But I guarantee you it's not a shield, shield. So I would say just get it. You can't hurt your entity with an SEO shoot, I can tell you that as long as it's built correctly.
So I would say order one. No, Matt, I don't know, I'm not sure what social fortress links are. But I can guarantee you they're not doing with the not the same thing that the SEO shield does. They might not implement it, though very well, which would in that case, you would actually want to include the social fortress links, I'm assuming profile URLs and such into the actual SEO shield built. Right so that you're kind of interlinking all of those properties together. I'm just wondering if someone copy Canada's already. SEO shield is brand new, but I wouldn't be surprised if someone had knocked it off already. Yeah, that's not it. If you go to the question above that we didn't answer that.
Unknown Speaker 8:51 Okay. I do remember this guy from last week. He says how much money will be needed for a complete project like that? I don't know which project were we talking about? We were talking about about how simple not easy. It was how we would set up the SEO shield, not the fortune, our SEO shield. And then after that, we would do the press releases the link building embeds link building, watch how everything settles and then just do adjust right as we go. Because we could always have it add depth and breadth to the G drive site, do something that keyword-oriented instead of branding and so the answer is that as the top-level, SEO power shield is only 375 bucks. Link Building. I don't know if you get that the top.
The top one, a couple of hundred bucks. Some press releases five press releases what 500 bucks on top. I've said it was about 1200 bucks, but we're talking about investing time. Hundred bucks on the niche, not 1200 bucks to see if you can compete in the niche. It's literally to go after the big boys that that's what you need. And then you're maybe a little bit more because you're going to need to do monthly link building monthly embeds, you're going to need to expand that dry stack writer to isolate those keywords are the tougher ones, because you will find that some keywords are tougher than others. So they might need a little bit more action. But that's what we're talking about.
How much are you gonna pay for a website? I know websites that can cost upwards of $100,000 average in I think Miami's $15,000. For a website, we talked about 1500 bucks for the niche figure, think about doing the numbers, do the math. And you'll see that it's totally worth investing. If you want to just start with the SEO shield and some link building to see what it does. I mean that that's on a five 600 bucks, and then you're gonna know, after 21 days when the Google that settles where everything is and just how much more you're going to need to get after it. I can tell you that local is a whole lot easier except for some of the higher-end niches right if you're going after cosmetic surgeon in Beverly Hills, of course, that's going to take a little bit more.
I'll go back to my friend in what was the Toronto Vancouver run after DUI attorney in one of the biggest cities in Canada is going to take a little bit more but really you know, if you work if local if you're working in conjunction with that GMB and you're applying local GMB pro methods, it I call that a two for one special because you're approaching that from from from from two different ways. But you're adding power to that entity you're adding so much more value to your entity making it more trusted, authoritative in the niche, much more so than anybody else. And if you go deeper into that, which we recommend, which is adding schema, and adding individual paid schema ending, and adding video schema, author, anything that you can on the page so that you can direct the bot exactly where you want the bot to go. And then at the unstructured data level, you can actually structure it through skip navigation links, jump links column like what you want. There are so many ways that you can get even more power out of this you can do more and build more so that it's a win.
Yeah, are you going to take over nothing if you're going to take over your niche and it sounds easy? No. We spent years literally in the lab coming up with this formula so that we can give it to you guys and make it simple for you guys to order so that you can get results. By no means is that easy. Because I can tell you that I spent hundreds of hours working on the weekends to put all of this shit together. So it wasn't as if it's just okay you by I push the button, and I came up with this idea and all of a sudden, boom, there it is there's no magic pill, it's hard work, but we tried to do is all of the hard work for you ahead of time, so that you don't have to.
Yeah, cuz there's still a lot that goes into that. But that the trying to try to discover the methods, that's where that's an enormous amount of time. So even though once the methods been discovered, and refined, it still takes a lot of effort and time to be able to implement unless you buy them done for you services, which is what we keep encouraging you to do. But you can imagine trying to try to identify that method or develop that method is really where the vast majority of Time goes. So you know when when
When you say it can't be that that easy or that simple, it really is simple. It didn't say it was easy. That doesn't mean that there's not a lot of complexity to putting it together in the proper order and everything else. But it really is. It's a formula as Marco just said, it's, it's literally a formula you plug in, you know, you, you put all the pieces together in the right order. And then it's just a matter of there are some variables, but it's a matter of like link building and events, for example, how much do you need to push to get the desired result. But other than that, it's the same process over and over again. So it becomes like a repeatable process, which is really the key and that's the whole point is, I can't tell you how many times we've talked to people in the mastermind or, you know, that have become members or, you know, followers or whatever.
In the mastermind, we often have calls with, you know, new members, to talk with them and find out about their business and one of the things that we hear often is that people have a hard time getting reliable results, repeatable results. In other words, they might have five projects out there, one or two of them are doing really well. But the other ones aren't doing so well. And they don't know what they did on the ones that are doing so well to get them to work, like to produce results. And that that becomes an issue, how can you have confidence in pitching your services and selling your services to clients and prospects and that sort of thing, if you're never really sure that you can get the results, right. So that's kind of the point is that we develop these methods, because over and over and over again, time and again, we're able to achieve results, and virtually, you know, no competition. And what I mean by that is, in almost any every situation, it's just a matter of how much we put into the actual process to get results. Like, sometimes it's easy, and it happens very quickly. Sometimes it requires a lot more. But in any case, it's the same process, right? So that we can always know with certainty with confidence that we're going to be able to get results in a particular industry, the timeframe is all that is really adjustable. Right? And again, a client if we're in a competitive industry, and that is going to require more than it just requires, if somebody wants it done like results in the same amount of time that a less competitive industry would get, that's fine. We can still do it. It just requires more budget because we need to throw more at it. Does that make sense? So again, it's just a, it becomes a repeatable process. There are some variables, but those are all.
Unknown Speaker 16:26 You know, they can be calculated, basically. So that's why I love this method. Because even I didn't have a repeatable method that I would use over and over and over again until the last couple of years. And now it's really unfair because we know we can win no matter what, right?
Do you want to comment on that, Marco, before I move on?
No, no, that's a good question. By the way, it was.
How Long Do The Links From Press Releases Last?
Alright, so he says, How long do links from press releases last? It depends. It depends on the publication that they're published. Sometimes some, some of them, it's 30 days, some of its 90 days, some of them are 180 days, some of them it's indefinite, meaning they don't purge at all. So it just depends. So it really depends. That's why press releases aren't something that it's not, it's not usually a one and done thing. It's something that you should be doing consistently. Even if it's just once a month, you know, the idea is to, once you start doing them is to continue doing them. For all most of my clients, at the very least, they're getting one every two weeks. But most for all clients that I've taken on recently and new on on incoming clients, I do one press release per week, that's just part of my monthly services. So they're paying for that, right that's part of it. But you know, some clients might even want to per week, it just depends on how aggressive they need to be. But the point is, is that once you start doing them as long as you're doing them fairly consistently, then you won't ever have to worry about when the links drop off because there'll be no ones behind. Okay. By the way, go check out local PR pro we talk about how to extend that even more.
Alright, so the next question is first is not really a question. It's kind of response because Bibi asked a bunch of questions last week, and so he was explaining himself here or she. So anyways, says, hey guys, just to note that, of course, nobody here disrespects the other members, I saw that nobody was asking questions. So I filled it up, feel free to answer other people's questions when I blast off. I need the questions to be written so I can clear it from my head. And then it won't bug me I get that. So I appreciate the explanation and no problem at all.
He says I know that also about me asking a lot of questions. I know this is the case right now and I won't get the answers right away and not all of them at once because I'm not in the mastermind and I have to wait for a week. I'm on the path to one k a month. I've started the RSS masher and have another lead gen project and promoting.
Let's see how it goes. Maybe in the future. Who knows. Yeah, well that's the idea is to come here.
You know Mohammed who I think he has to quit? Yeah, of course, he did. There's Mohammed right there. He's been one that has come and asked questions and implemented, you know, what he learns, and then has come and joined the mastermind and then has left a mastermind and then come back to the mastermind. And so it's perfectly fine. That's the idea. We tell you guys to come here, use this forum to help get your business in a position where you can come join our paid trading our mastermind, where you can get even more Business Growth Training.
So yeah, the problem is that this forum is limited to an hour. So we have to get as many people as possible so that we can be fair. In the mastermind. However, you can go into our Facebook group, and ask as many questions as you want, as many times as you want. And all of us are in there, including Rob, answering the questions. Yeah. So that we're not enough because that in and of itself, is is consider it enough because nobody, nobody else doing that nobody else is sitting there and taking the time to answer their membership questions, right? We do it.
Then what we decided to do is split the mastermind right into five different webinars. So each one of the members, it should be the founders has a webinar every other week. So what you're getting is now it since it's live, it's five times the value because you're getting different points of view. You, as a matter of fact, you can ask a question, whatever it is, and ask it to each one of the five members. And you're going to get a different perspective. We were talking we were just talking about this yesterday. I come at it from math, and testing, and an SEO point of view, plus all of the experience that I've had in the last almost 17 years that I've been online, but Adam, you know, he has a background. he's a physicist, I believe it correct me if I'm wrong.
So he has that analytical aspect to it, her Nan, and he does a lot of things with pay per click advertising. He also has a lot of experience with clients. He has a business background. He has his own perspective, you do a lot of local Bradley, and you have your own perspective. Chris has a coding background. He has his own perspective. So you're going to get a whole lot more if you join the mastermind than you could ever get in here. Which is why this was set up yet. We can answer your questions in that 10,000-foot overview. But we can't get technical with you. We can't go and delve we can't go look at your website. We can't give you advice because we don't have enough information. But we've set it up so that you can give us all of the information in the other places that we've set up for this to happen. So I think that if you're not in the mastermind, that you're needing all of this information, then you should definitely join them as well.
How To Rank For A Keyword And Its Synonyms?
so the first question was how to rank for a keyword and as synonyms which silo to use the post created as long-form dogs and puppies are the same. Okay. All right. So I think I talked about this last week when you because I believe this is a repost from last week because we didn't get to them. But when it comes to how to rank for a keyword in a synonym, again, there's a lot to that, right. We could spend the whole hour just talking about that specifically, but I'm just gonna point you to, but I've wanted in the past if you go into, In fact, let me just open a new tab, go to YouTube.com, okay. Search for semantic mastery. Or you could just go to youtube.com/semanticmastery, that's fine. You can do that as well. Click through to our channel right there, use the channel search feature. Right there in search of silo structure. Okay, that's all you need to search for a silo structure. There's simple silo structure set up complex silo structure, set up those two videos, watch them, that'll teach you how to set up silos on your website.
I prefer simple silos over complex silos any day of the week, because, well, there's easier, they're simple and easier to manage. But there are times where that makes it makes sense to have a complex silo. So I would go through that as a kind of foundation. To answer your question, as far as how does, how to rank a keyword in its synonyms, because that's what silo structures are all about. You take the broadest of terms, and you put that at the top of the silo and then you take all the long tail versions and synonyms and such that are tightly within that particular keyword theme. And you use those as, as current as supporting articles. In other words, you optimize content that is supporting articles for those supporting keywords. you place them within that particular silo and then if you understand internal linking throughout the silo and how to do that correctly, then what happens is the entire keyword theme, the entire silo the category right? content silo creates, it creates buoyancy, right? Because all of those are interlinked correctly, it creates a theme that when the bots come and read it, they kind of understand what the theme of that is, what the topic is and what the theme of that particular content silo is. And it kind of helps all of the keywords within their within also all of the content within that silo to start to rise up in the search engines provided it was done correctly. So that's kind of the whole point is to learn how to rank the primary keyword but also the synonyms and everything else by using solid structure. It's very, very effective. And it's it still works to this day. If anybody says it doesn't, they're crazy. So when it comes to that,
hopefully, that'll answer your questions as far as that is concerned with. When it comes to the next question he says, Is syndicating to the branded properties a post with a few sentences and an anchor text of the synonym to the original money site post will give a boost to the synonym? No, not necessarily. I mean, it can but I don't suggest syndicating short posts with just a couple of sentences because that's thin content. It's not going to have nearly as good an effect as if you have well-done content guys, content does matter. Believe it or not. So I was just talking about this in two x your agency training.
Recently, you know, we use curated content my bloggers do for all of my all projects, we use curated content as the content marketing strategy, which is part of the SEO strategy, right. So my, in the same type of train, the training that my bloggers have all gone through, to learn how to curate is Content Kingpin, it's the same train like, it's exactly how I learned how to do it years ago, I created a training course around it, which was originally to train virtual assistants to become bloggers for me. But then we turned it into a product, which you guys can purchase is called content kingpin. Anyways, that teaches you how to curate content. And it's really set up to teach virtual assistants to do it so that you're not doing it yourself. But that content is efficient to produce. It's highly relevant. It creates co-citation because you're linking to related and relevant content sources. And you are able to gather, collect and curate content from subject matter experts about whatever topic it is that you're blogging about. So the bloggers you don't have to be a subject matter expert and neither do your bloggers to be able to produce high-quality content about the subject because all they're going to do.
The method about curating content is learning how to collect Gather, Gather relevant content from high authority sites or from subject matter experts, then organize it. And then create new blog posts where you're trying to convey an idea or a theme or topic, you know, whatever you're trying to convey an idea, but you're using other people's content to support or argue against that idea if that makes sense, depending on how you write the post. But it's super powerful because it becomes a unique post its original content, even though you're borrowing content from others. Because the way that you're organizing it, it becomes a unique piece of content, a new original piece of content that has snippets of curated content, and it's well done and it creates co-citation. So it's super powerful for SEO. So that's what I would recommend that you do and in the mastermind, again, we're talking about in the mastermind. Since we split our mastermind webinars apart now and I'm doing my own separate webinars. For the next several months. I'm going to be working on building out an actual case study site for the members in the tree service industry covering exactly how we do this, including content marketing and targeting individual locations with posts. So we do what we call geo posts or location posts that are posts optimized for keywords within the silo that we're trying to rank for as well as individual locations. But we do it all through curated blog posts. And it's super, super powerful. That's a much better way to do it. Because if you're going to be publishing content to your branded network, you don't want then blog posts that you're using specifically just and only for the link back. That's not the point. You want to build that relevancy, the topical and or location, relevancy through your content marketing. And the way you the way that the most efficient way to do that, in my opinion, is through content curation.
So now with that said, Yes, by linking back from a well written or well-curated piece of content that you're going to syndicate out to your branded network, then yeah, when you're linking back to the target pages on your site, right, the ones that you're trying to rank, you're using the blog to help rank those pages through the internal link of the blog post, then yeah, you want to vary your anchor text, you want to have diversity. So use those keywords within that same keyword set within that same silo use variations, longer tail versions, LSI keywords, synonyms, naked URLs, generics, brand, brand plus keyword, all of those can be used in different combinations to link back to the target URLs on your site that you're trying to promote. Guys, even internal anchor text is important. Now, it used to be where I used to just hammer for internal links, so links within the same silo, for example, I'd use the same anchor text to link up to the service page over and over and over again, but even that now you're better off using diverse like diversifying the anchor text. And again, Marco talks about this a lot. But you know, you want to also start building that brand name next to keywords so that you can start to create brand plus keyword association. And you can do that with content marketing and internal linking. So that's something else that I would recommend. But yes, as far as to answer your question, I know that was long-winded. But I kind of wanted to, you know, first of all, make sure that you understand that publishing really thin content posts, just for the sake of the link isn't effective at all. Right? Isn't it just not helpful. So you're better off producing better quality content, less of it if needed, but it will be weighted heavier by Google. And for that, when you're linking back to the pages that you're trying to promote on the site, yes, use a variety of keywords and different anchor text types, as opposed to just always keywords so that you can start to build a broader kind of picture of that keyword theme for Google if that makes sense. Do you want to comment on anybody?
Nope. Okay, moving on.
Why Do You Use Multiple Tier 1 Network For YouTube?
Why would you use multiple tier one networks for YouTube instead of just a single tier one and multiple tier twos?
because it doesn't matter with YouTube, it doesn't matter what configurations you use, you can. What I found was years ago, I haven't done this test and at least three, probably four years now. But several years ago, I tested a YouTube channel that had multiple tier-one rings versus a YouTube channel that had the same number of total rings, but they were set up in two-tier structures. And what I'd found at that time when I did the testing, and I did extensively across multiple projects, but I found that the videos that would get syndicated out to the YouTube channel that only had, you know, let's say, eight tier-one rings, let's just use that as an example, which would be the same as to two-tier networks, right? Because a two-tier network through MGYB, the way that we build them is one branded ring and three persona rings. So it's a total of four rings per two-tier network. So on the channel that I would have eight single tear rings, the video would rank faster than if I had submitted this similar video similar keywords to a channel that had two two-tier networks attached to it. So two single-tier rings with a total of six tier-two rings, if that makes sense, right? I would test it by uploading a video to either one and tracking the results. What happened was you and again, this was years ago, guys, I haven't tested this in years. So I don't know that it makes any difference at all now, but back then you're the video that went out to just a single tier ring would typically rank faster. But it would also if no additional SEO work was done other than just syndicating it out to the network's it would start to slip it would start to fall in rankings faster than the video that I would push through the two-tier networks which would be slower to rank but once it would rank it would stick longer if that makes sense. So anyway, that's why I do it. It's there's probably I haven't tested it in years. I don't know if there's any difference at all if one's more effective than the other at all. Anything more. So it's really just a matter of preference. I always prefer the two-tier network setups for YouTube channels. But you can do it however you see fit, right?
Why themed ring isn't a branded ring? Can you give an example of this non-branded ring? Yeah, well, like if it's Joe's Tree Service is the company. But you can have a persona ring which would be like, I don't know, john smith. And then you can have a themed ring, a topically themed ring or even a geographically themed syndication network if that makes it if you understand what I'm saying. So for example, if it's, it shows Tree Service, there could be a john smith could be a persona ring, but then a theme during a topically themed rig can be a syndication network about gardening or landscaping, or home improvement for even for that matter, or a time that's a topical themed topically themed network, a location the network could be a network about syndication network that's optimized for Culpepper, Virginia because Joe's tree services in Culpepper, Virginia. Is that clear? So, but it's just a way that if you're going to syndicate content to other networks, you don't want them to only if, for blog syndication, you don't want to continually syndicate content to other networks other than branded networks. If that's the only content getting syndicated, you want to mix it up on the other networks, other than the branded networks, you'd want to have additional related relevant content on those networks, to where it's not clearly being used to only promote your one brand. Okay.
All right, that was a lot. Moving on. How do you price the leads? That's going to depend, you know, for Tree Service stuff, I usually do a when I'm pricing leads, I look at what the average cost per click value is for the top keywords that produce leads in Google ads. So I go into the Google Ads dashboard.
Use the keyword planner, take a look at what the cost per click the average cost per click is there. That will give you a range it will show you what your average, your minimum cost per click bid has to be on the first page at all for ads. But if you want to be in the top section or give you a low range and high range, and I always base mine off of whatever the high ranges, and then usually anywhere between two to three times the cost per click is what an average lead would be depending on it depends on the area. But you know for Tree Service leads like I often charge somewhere around $50 per lead. It depends on the area again but on average although I just recently took on a new the guy that I'm going to be building I mentioned this in the mastermind I'm going to be building a case study for a Tree Service contractor site that he gave me permission to use his project is part of my case study so that I can share it with my our students or members I should say and so I'm selling leads to him for 30 bucks. But that's important because I'm getting to use it as a training opportunity. But my point is that yeah, I mean, you just really have to price it. It's going to depend.
4I uses Google ads as a way to kind of determine the value for leads, but other people do it in other ways. Does anybody have a comment on that?
How Do You Rank A Local Franchise With Limited Access To Its National Corporate Website And GMB Page?
Now, moving on, Jeff says, Hey, guys, thanks for all the info and motivation you provide on a daily basis. My question is, I just landed a local franchisee for a national Corporation. They have zero access to the corporate website page and limited access to their GMB. Given these restrictions. What would be the best course of action to get their GMB moving upward? Follow the SEO SEO to move on any other recommendations have a spectacular week? Yeah, that that would be what I would do if you can't do anything to the GMB itself really. And you have no access at all to their website. Then that's all you can do is right is to push the off-page as much as possible and the SEO SEO to be absolutely where I'd start. And then from there, it would be a matter of, you know, you could use press releases for content marketing, you can almost use press releases as the blog really. So you could set up though, you know, an organization page and then press blog through the press, you know, through the press releases that can actually act as kind of like a blog because you get an RSS feed and everything from that. So you could use the actual press release, like if you're using it through MGYB, or if you have your own subscription to Press Advantage, you could use the RSS feed from the organization page for that brand to actually feed the syndication network, right. And that way, you don't even have to have a WordPress blog because you can use the press advantage for that matter for the blog essentially. Or you could always find you could always attempt to try to get a subdomain WordPress installation on for your franchisee site so that you have a blog that you can use for content marketing. But if you're not going to do any of that stuff, then yeah, just stick with the off-page stuff and just hammer it
Does anybody want to comment on that one? Marco? I hear you trying.
Okay, his mic is not working. So try again Marco. Can you hear me? I can now? Yes. Yeah. Okay. Aside from using the Press Advantage that the media pays and using his present, he says he can also use the G site. You can build that out. Yeah, I use that. I use that for Legion and to push power into the GMB and into the client site. That works perfectly well. You have to remember that announcement pages when it's like a blog post because when you do that, the announcement page will also have an RSS feed. Right? It's so that so they carry that out so you can use that to populate so you can use both you use press releases, and your G site to populate your RSS feed, and to push into your syndication network. I mean, there are tons of ways that you can use all of these things. You either have to think outside the box or come join our mastermind, so that we can give you direction on how you would implement all of these different things. Right.
How Many Keywords Should You Use In An RYS Stack Order?
All right, Fitz is up. What's up, Fitz? He says, Thanks for creating a space where he can get real-world answers that work. I ordered the keyword research, how many keywords should I use and my RYS stack order, if time allows, I'll get to that next. Use it I mean, as many as you can, I think for the, our, I'm pretty sure for the drive stack order you want they want a minimum of, we want a minimum of 50 keywords, but more is better. So if you ordered the keyword research, just submit your primary, you know, content silo groups with your order.
You know, so that's, that's typically I usually what I typically do guys is because we're looking for like 200 keywords for a link building order, that's the recommended minimum to submit with a link building order, I always try to get the 200 keyword list developed before I order the drive stack or the SEO shield. Because that way I already have the keywords, I just submit those same 200 ish keywords for the drive stack build, and it's going to be the same keywords that end up getting used in the link building orders too. So that's just let you know that's how I do it.
So if you have you know, just it more is better, as long as they're relevant. That's the point. Okay.
He said that but what we think is relevant may or may not be what Google thinks is relevant. Because we push anything and everything we can anything and everything we find that related to that keyword. That's why we suggest ordering that the keyword research because we get hundreds of thousands of keywords from sem rush. A lot of times which we filter down like that they'll get filtered down as to how many keywords as
As many as possible because your brand stack is going to create the brand plus location plus keyword Association if it's local. And if it's not, then it's brand plus keyword. But it's essential to associate that brand to as many keywords in the niche as possible. Because what we want to do at that point is hammer the bot with all of the keywords in the niche so that the bot, the bot completely understands what this is all about what that brand is about.
Yeah, and that's what's so great about it, guys. And I'm telling you, if you when you order, so fits when you order a drive stack, and you submit, let's say 200 keywords versus 50. If you were to track two similar projects in Google Search Console, right after the drive stacks have been built, give it a few weeks for things to start getting picked up and all that by Google. You'll see in Search Console, the end, then impressions. So the number of times that your site has appeared in search results, the top 10 pages of search results. For any given query, you'll see that the drive stack the project, if you were to test these two things, because I've done it, you'll see that the drive stack that had the 200 keywords versus the one that had 50 will start producing month over month, a much higher impression, growth of impression rate. In other words, you'll see month over month, the Search Console, the number of impressions that the site has been exposed for increases rapidly compared to the one that only 50 it'll increase what the one that only has 50 keywords, but not have that exponential growth was rapid growth as it does as the other one. And that's one of the metrics that I use and reporting to clients guys, is I show them every single month a search console report for the last 28 days. It's just a screenshot of the performance report inside of search console for the last 28 days and it shows a number of impressions, you know, average number of clicks the click-through rate, that kind of stuff, or a number of clicks and the average click-through rate and that kind of stuff. But I like to show because especially with newer projects as the drive stack starts to get, you know, starts to kick in and, you know, Google starts to crawl or identify more of the files, you'll start seeing the impression rate start skyrocketing, and it's in and that goes to show them that the brand is now being associated and given impressions for more and more keywords or search queries. And so that's exactly what Marco is talking about there.
Okay.
Will There Be An NAP Issue If The Client's YouTube Channel Name Is Different From Its Website?
All right. The next question was if time allows I have a client who has a different name on the YouTube channel than the website, the main site is an agency and YouTube is a luxury agency. The picture is consistent with other social media properties. Is that a problem? I mean, it only is if it's causing any sort of any issues because YouTube is considered a citation if you either a video or a channel YouTube channel can be a powerful citation. Guys, if you put the name, address and phone number in the YouTube channel description, that becomes a pretty powerful citation video can do it too.
But you know, again, if you're trying to keep NAP consistent, and it's all of the other assets or data points for the NAP is the same except for the name, then I would change the YouTube channel name to match whatever the official agency name is and all of the other like whatever, whatever the Google My Business profile is, if it has one, if you're not worried about NAP consistency issues, and don't worry about it, okay, if it's causing a problem, then I would update it. If it's not, don't worry about it.
What Data Should You Provide When Ordering The SEO Shield?
All right. Austin Dom What's up buddy says I ordered my first SEO shield this morning. Whoo, cause for celebration, but I wanted to make sure I'm filling out the requirements correctly. Is there a video that goes oversupplying the correct data to assign supply keywords with geo modifiers and things like that or just tell them to fill the darn thing out? case overcomplicating? That's a good question. We are going to be updating the SEO page with some additional information here very soon, guys, we just talked about it again yesterday on our corporate meeting, it is on the books to get updated so that it'll make it easier for everybody to understand exactly what to order. But to answer your question, right now, Austin, or dawn, I should say, is no don't include geo modifiers and less. So so the typical answer is the most common answer is No don't include geo modifiers, because we're trying to create keyword plus brand Association, not necessarily location Association, although, because the location Association comes if it's for a local project, it's going to come from the on-page and the NAP and all of the files and everything including name, address, and phone number and all of that. So the location relevancy is built through the on-page, but the off-page two, the link building and all of that, or do you supply keywords or geo modifiers Okay, I'm sorry.
For the SEO shield that's not for link building, then that depends on what it is you're trying to optimize for. So forgive me, for link building, I don't usually include geo modifiers unless it's I'm targeting a specific area in a very specific way, which I can't get into here anyways, but for the RYS drive stack order. I usually don't include geo modifiers, I usually just want to create the keyword plus brand Association. And so I submit the orders with the market level keywords. Market level keywords are not keywords with local modifiers it's the product and or service keywords. So that's typically how I build it. Then once because of the drive stack, the SEO, SEO becomes the main like entity.
You know, it's to associate a keyword with the entity, the on the low location relevancy is through on-page and then once the original the initial stack is built, if I need to add like location silos within the stack, then I do that right. Do duplicate a folder, optimize it for a specific location, keywords plus locations. And then I'll have that but the original drive stack is really just to associate the primary keyword with the brand. And then as Marco said as many market-level keywords with the brand as possible, but accomplished location targeting as internal folders in the drive stack and pages on the G site. Marco, how would you suggest you do it, we just updated the form. As a matter of fact, the for this very reason, because we want to know if it's branded, or if it's a keyword, we also want to know if it's a location-based because if it is we do want that in the brand. Remember, if it's not a location base, then all we want is the brand plus keyword Association. But if it's local, right with the brand because then the brand becomes local, it's focused in a geographic area.
Now the way that you do it, it's fine. But the way that we suggest it is built right from the start of your brand plus location plus keyword Association. And yes, that means location plus brand keyword Association, and any combination there up, because we want that in that main folder. This way, when you separate it and you start keyword targeting, you start going after other market-level keywords, then what we do is, we go after that in there, we don't need the location anymore, because we have the location with the brand. We've already created the association so there's no need for that location. Now, having said that, what you said is perfectly fine. Do the location plus keyword, excuse me the brand plus keyword but then you're going to need a location page, right to make up for the lack of location. When you first started the branded site is a brand that's what we do in the beginning brand location plus keyword or brand plus keyword. So either way, you're going to have to mention that geolocation. And if you're going to do additional locations, you're going to have to add those pages as you go.
Yeah. So just to be clear, for example, you know, most of my clients are service area businesses and they cover most of my clients cover a fairly large surface area. So all the drive stacks that I buy are for market-level keyboard, press play, and Association because I don't want to optimize the primary stack for any one particular location. For example, for Tree Service client covers a five County area, then I don't want to marry that brand with any one particular location. And so there's no way to optimize for all five of those locations with that one drive stack without having location-based folders inside. So like location-based silos essentially inside so for me
The projects that I work on, I always do market-level keyword plus brand Association, then I optimize for locations as internal pages on the G site and or folders on the drive stack. That's just the way that I do it. Because most of my clients have a service area that covers more than just one specific location or county or city for that matter. And so I don't want to associate the brand with one specific area when they cover a broad area. So that's just the way that I do it. But yeah, Marco.
That's good if we have different, you know, types of drive stacks that you can select from now, so it's going to make it easier for you guys when you order. And this the scenario that you're talking about is different, right? It's different than if we're doing a DC plumber, for example, which is a brand in and of itself, and it's targeting the plumbing niche, but unlike a storefront business, right, that's exactly right. It's one location and, but it's serving customers at the location.
And in a service area that's different than you then if you have multiple locations, if you have multiple locations, as I said, you're going to have to have, are you going to need multiple location pages inside the G site and drive stack targeting those multiple locations? This is what I thought this question was one location if it's one location, that you do that right with the initial brand. Yes. So then he says I'm in a heavy hitter club group, which is awesome. Should I join the mastermind group as well? Thanks. Well, to be clear, the heavy hitter group is the technical SEO group. Although SEO is also covered in the mastermind, the heavy SEO stuff is going to be the heavy hitters club. The semantic mastery mastermind is more about business growth and all things around you know building a business not just SEO anymore as it had been for so long.
You know, it's all things marketing, all things business growth. So prospecting and sales and, you know, entity formation and all, you know, process development system. It's a systemization or systematization. All of that, you know, outsourcing, delegating all of that kind of stuff. So it just depends on where you're at Austin Dom with what it is that you need. I think everybody should have, you know, should be working on growing their business, but some people just want to focus on learning more about SEO. So it just depends on what it is that you need. I will, I will tell him definitely, definitely the mastermind. heavy hitter club is going to we're going to be doing a whole lot of case studies from beginning to end, we're gonna follow it through, we're going to see what's working, see what's not we're going to be testing. So we're not going to give people theory, right? So what we're going to do is we're going to take the theory and carry it through from beginning to end to see if we can prove one way or the other. If the theory is sound. During that same time, I mean, it doesn't matter the master mastermind continues. And it continues, as you said, with business growth, teaching PPC, client acquisition, just a whole lot more that's involved now awesome. If you're a business owner, or if you're a business owner, and you're thinking about doing both, I wouldn't recommend that because you have a limited amount of time in which you can do all of these things and you will become a bottleneck in your business so that your business cannot grow. What you will need then is someone, a partner or a trusted VA, or whomever a PA, that you can assign to either the heavy hitter or the mastermind. So that you can get both because what you should be doing is you should be concentrating on going out there and growing your business I mean, you want to get known. You want to you want people to understand who you are, what it is that you do. You want to be out there contacting people you want to be getting in front of clients, closing clients, I don't know, you want to trust that to somebody else because nobody knows your business better than you.
Now while you're doing all of that, and while you're concentrating on all of that, somebody else can be applying these technical SEO methods that we're going to be going through in the heavy hitter club. And that frees you up, even more, to do whatever it is that you want to do. And in fact, you can have two people, one in the mastermind, one in the heavy hitter, or the same person in the mastermind and the heavy hitter. But I would say that you definitely need both. Because both of these together, as you've seen from what we teach, and from what we share here are deadly. Look at the last solutions that work that has both of the systems that have called them in some in mastermind, and in the heavy hitter apply to it. And so one without the other would not have work because it's a
If what we're building is an ecosystem where one feeds off the other and where we can give value to people in both.
There you go.
How Do You Move Photos Without Losing Their EXIF Data?
So Mohammed's up next. Hey guys, what's a good way to move photos without losing their EXIF data? I noticed that when a client of mine emailed these emails, me pictures they took on their phone, the location data disappears if the client is taking photos at all. I have them uploaded the Google listing through maps. However, I still try to use their geotagged photos and the GMB posts themselves. Though the exit data always disappears when I receive a photo by email text, meaning I gotta add Exif manually. Yeah, so what my clients do. Mohamad is I have my clients deposit photos into a Google Drive, excuse me, Google Photos folder, a shared photo album. So Google Photos shared photo album, so they take photos from their phones and they have their phone settings to where it auto backs them.
To the shared Google Photos album that my VA or my bloggers have access to so that they can just pluck images from the Google Photos folder, which still contains the Geo Data, the EXIF data. Okay. Yeah, because I'm pretty sure when you text images that it automatically strips the metadata out to make the file smaller. And I guess email service providers do the same thing. But when you send them into when you add them to the Google Photos folder that remains intact. So at least that's the way we've been doing it.
Okay, so Google Photos folder is how all of my clients that provide photos, that's how they provide them to my VAs.
Should You Change All Citations And Social Profiles First Before Changing A GMB Page Name?
A law says, Hello there a client really wants needs to change the name of his GMB. Should we change the name and all the citations and social profiles first to reduce the risk of a GMB getting banned? No, I would not I would never encourage that. Because what happens if you go through all that trouble and it does get banned anyways right then you just went through all that hassle and trouble. Not only that, but it often takes a long time to get, you know, some directories you got to reach out to multiple times to get them to update the listings if they will at all. So you're better off just changing the name and the GMB and hoping that what I have found though is and I don't know that this makes any difference at all but in recent talking about this in the mastermind, but I've had, I've had to change several GMBs I lost a Tree Service contractor recently that was I've got several GMBs that I need to read I need to find well I found another Tree Service contractor to take the leads. So I've got to rebrand all of them and what I've been able to rebrand two out of three so far without any issues. What I've done though, first is if it's connected to a website or whatever, then I make sure the GMB is if the name of the business has been changed and it's connected the GMB is connected to a website, then I go change all the information on the website first and update the JSON LD the structured data. first, before I update the GMB. Then I update the GMB but that's just the website and then the GMB okay. And I haven't had, again, knock on wood. Over the last week, I've updated completely rebranded two out of three GMB assets that I needed to find another contractor for, and I haven't had any issues whatsoever. And that's how I've done it. Now, I'm not saying that you won't experience a suspension, it could happen. I don't work for Google. But that's the way that I do it is if the GMB is connected to a self-hosted website, make sure that is completely updated first, including the JSON LD if you have structured data, which all of you should make sure the structured data is marked is edited, updated first and then update and again. I don't know that that has any effect, except that I've done that twice in the last week.
I haven't experienced any issues. Okay. Then you go about getting the citations updated that are already published on the web only after you've successfully updated your GMB.
Okay. Five o'clock let guys we got to go. Sorry, we didn't get to all the questions if you didn't, if you want us to answer the question guys, and they didn't get answered, either posts them for next week or post them in the free Facebook group and we'll try to get to them over there. Thanks, everybody, for being here. See you guys.
Bye, everyone.
0 notes